TWI742166B - Photosensitive color resin composition for color filter, color filter and display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive color resin composition for color filter, color filter and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI742166B
TWI742166B TW106133175A TW106133175A TWI742166B TW I742166 B TWI742166 B TW I742166B TW 106133175 A TW106133175 A TW 106133175A TW 106133175 A TW106133175 A TW 106133175A TW I742166 B TWI742166 B TW I742166B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
photoinitiator
resin composition
color
general formula
Prior art date
Application number
TW106133175A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201818154A (en
Inventor
鈴木琢實
大庭正幹
田尻亘
山縣秀明
Original Assignee
日商Dnp精細化工股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商Dnp精細化工股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商Dnp精細化工股份有限公司
Publication of TW201818154A publication Critical patent/TW201818154A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI742166B publication Critical patent/TWI742166B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a photosensitive color resin composition for a color filter, which can form an improved luminance color layer and is high in sensitivity. The photosensitive color resin composition for a color layer includes a color material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator and a solvent, wherein the photoinitiator contains an oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula (1): (the symbols in the general formula (1) are as described in the description.)

Description

彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物、彩色濾光片及顯示裝置 Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter and display device

本發明係關於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物、彩色濾光片及顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, a color filter, and a display device.

近年,隨個人電腦的發達(特別係行動用個人電腦的發達),液晶顯示器的需求正增加中。行動顯示器(行動電話、智慧手機、平板電腦)的普及率亦提高,呈現液晶顯示器市場日益擴大的狀況。又,最近例如利用自發光且可見度高的有機EL顯示器之類的有機發光顯示裝置,亦成為備受矚目的新一代影像顯示裝置。該等影像顯示裝置的性能強烈渴望更進一步的高畫質化及降低消耗功率。 In recent years, with the development of personal computers (special mobile personal computers), the demand for liquid crystal displays is increasing. The penetration rate of mobile displays (mobile phones, smart phones, and tablet computers) has also increased, showing that the liquid crystal display market is expanding. In addition, recently, organic light-emitting display devices such as organic EL displays that utilize self-luminescence and high visibility have become a new generation of image display devices that have attracted much attention. The performance of these image display devices strongly desires further enhancement of image quality and reduction of power consumption.

該等液晶顯示裝置、有機發光顯示裝置有使用彩色濾光片。例如液晶顯示裝置的彩色影像形成,係由通過彩色濾光片的光直接被著色為構成彩色濾光片的各像素顏色,再由該等顏色光合成便形成彩色影像。此時的光源係除利用習知冷陰極管之外,尚亦有利用白色發光的有機發光元件或白色發光的無機發光元件之情況。又,在有機發光顯示裝置中,為色調整等而使用彩色濾光片。 These liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices use color filters. For example, in the formation of a color image in a liquid crystal display device, light passing through a color filter is directly colored into the colors of each pixel constituting the color filter, and then the color light is synthesized to form a color image. In addition to the conventional cold-cathode tube, the light source at this time also uses white-emitting organic light-emitting elements or white-emitting inorganic light-emitting elements. In addition, in organic light-emitting display devices, color filters are used for color adjustment and the like.

近年的傾向要求影像顯示裝置省電力化,為能提升背 光源的利用效率,特別要求彩色濾光片高輝度化。特別係就行動顯示器(行動電話、智慧手機、平板電腦)而言將成為大課題。 In recent years, there is a trend for image display devices to save power. In order to improve the utilization efficiency of the backlight, color filters are particularly required to increase the brightness. Especially in terms of mobile displays (mobile phones, smart phones, tablet PCs), it will become a major issue.

此處,彩色濾光片一般係具有:基板;形成於基板上,且由紅、綠、藍三原色著色圖案構成的著色層;以及依區分各著色圖案的方式形成於基板上的遮光部。 Here, the color filter generally has: a substrate; a coloring layer formed on the substrate and composed of coloring patterns of three primary colors of red, green, and blue; and a light-shielding portion formed on the substrate to distinguish each coloring pattern.

彩色濾光片的著色層形成方法係例如:在利用分散劑等而分散著顏色材料的顏色材料分散液中,添加黏結劑樹脂、光聚合性化合物及光起始劑而構成著色樹脂組成物,經塗佈於玻璃基板上,施行乾燥後,使用光罩施行曝光,而施行顯影便形成著色圖案,利用加熱而固著圖案便形成著色層。該等步驟係依各顏色重複實施而形成彩色濾光片。 The method of forming the colored layer of a color filter is, for example, in a color material dispersion in which a color material is dispersed using a dispersant, etc., a binder resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photoinitiator are added to form a colored resin composition, After coating on the glass substrate and drying, exposure is performed using a photomask, and development is performed to form a colored pattern, and the pattern is fixed by heating to form a colored layer. These steps are repeated for each color to form a color filter.

彩色濾光片在可預見的高輝度化要求下,相較於習知,藉由提高彩色濾光片著色層的顏色材料濃度,相對導致光聚合必要的成分變少,造成圖案化困難。又,為提升彩色濾光片生產力,要求減少圖案化時所必要的累積曝光量,但如何確保圖案化時所必要的硬化性便成為大課題。 The color filter is under the foreseeable high-brightness requirement. Compared with the prior art, by increasing the color material concentration of the color layer of the color filter, the components necessary for photopolymerization are relatively reduced, and patterning is difficult. In addition, in order to increase the productivity of color filters, it is required to reduce the cumulative exposure required for patterning, but how to ensure the curability necessary for patterning has become a major issue.

為獲得能達成高感度著色樹脂組成物的方法,有提案使用肟酯系光起始劑。例如專利文獻1有提案:含有咔唑骨架且具特定構造的肟酯化合物。又,專利文獻2有提案:具有在茀骨架上未經由羰基而鍵結著肟酯基之特定構造的肟酯茀化合物。又,專利文獻3有提案:含有二苯硫醚骨架或咔唑骨架,且肟酯基具有含環烷基之特定取代基的肟酯化合物。 In order to obtain a method capable of achieving a high-sensitivity colored resin composition, it has been proposed to use an oxime ester-based photoinitiator. For example, Patent Document 1 proposes an oxime ester compound containing a carbazole skeleton and having a specific structure. In addition, Patent Document 2 proposes an oxime ester sulfonate compound having a specific structure in which an oxime ester group is not bonded to a carbonyl group on the sulfonium skeleton. In addition, Patent Document 3 proposes an oxime ester compound containing a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a carbazole skeleton, and the oxime ester group has a specific substituent containing a cycloalkyl group.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

專利文獻1:日本專利第3992725號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 3992725

專利文獻2:日本專利特表2015-523318號公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Special Form 2015-523318

專利文獻3:中國專利申請案公開第103293855號說明書 Patent Document 3: Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 103293855 Specification

然而,使用肟酯系光起始劑的習知著色樹脂組成物具有輝度不足的傾向。特別係習知的高感度肟酯系光起始劑具有輝度容易降低的傾向。另一方面,輝度較容易呈良好的肟酯系光起始劑之感度偏低,因肟酯系光起始劑所造成對感度與輝度的影響如同拉鋸關係。因此,渴求能達成高感度、能形成更高輝度著色層的著色樹脂組成物。 However, the conventional colored resin composition using an oxime ester-based photoinitiator tends to have insufficient brightness. In particular, the conventionally-known high-sensitivity oxime ester-based photoinitiator has a tendency to decrease the brightness easily. On the other hand, the oxime ester-based photoinitiator, which tends to show good brightness, has low sensitivity. The oxime ester-based photoinitiator has a see-saw relationship between sensitivity and brightness. Therefore, there is a demand for a colored resin composition that can achieve high sensitivity and can form a higher-brightness colored layer.

本發明係有鑑於上述實情而完成,目的在於提供:可形成經提升輝度的著色層、且具良好感度的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,具有使用該彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物所形成著色層的彩色濾光片,以及使用該彩色濾光片的顯示裝置。 The present invention has been completed in view of the foregoing facts, and its object is to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters that can form a colored layer with enhanced brightness and has good sensitivity, and has photosensitivity for use of the color filter A color filter with a colored layer formed by a colored resin composition, and a display device using the color filter.

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係含有:顏色材料、鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑及溶劑;其中,上述光起始劑係含有下述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物:[化1]一般式(1)

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0004-4
The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention contains: a color material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent; wherein, the photoinitiator includes the following general formula (1) The oxime ester compound shown: [Chemistry 1] General formula (1)
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0004-4

(一般式(1)中,Ra及Rb係各自獨立為氫原子或烷基;Rc係亦可含有從硫醚鍵(-S-)、醚鍵(-O-)及羰鍵(-CO-)之中選擇之至少1種2價連接基的烴基;Z係氫原子或-(C=O)Rd;Rd係亦可含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的烴基,或者未含氮原子、且含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的雜環基;Re係碳數1~10之烴基。) (In general formula (1), R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R c may also contain thioether bonds (-S-), ether bonds (-O-), and carbonyl bonds ( -CO-) is a hydrocarbon group of at least one bivalent linking group; Z is a hydrogen atom or -(C=O)R d ; R d may also contain at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom hydrocarbon group, a nitrogen atom or not, and containing at least one kind of selected heterocyclic group from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom; R e based carbon number of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10).

本發明的彩色濾光片係至少具備基板以及設置於該基板上的著色層;其中,該著色層之至少1者係由上述本發明之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物之硬化物所構成的著色層。 The color filter of the present invention has at least a substrate and a coloring layer provided on the substrate; wherein at least one of the coloring layers is a cured product of the photosensitive coloring resin composition for the color filter of the present invention The colored layer formed.

再者,本發明係提供具備有上述本發明之彩色濾光片的顯示裝置。 Furthermore, the present invention provides a display device equipped with the above-mentioned color filter of the present invention.

根據本發明可提供:能形成經提升輝度的著色層、且具良好感度的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,具有使用該彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物所形成著色層的彩色濾光片,以及使用該彩色濾光片的顯示裝置。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide: a photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters that can form a colored layer with increased brightness and has good sensitivity, and has a colored layer formed by using the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters The color filter, and the display device using the color filter.

1‧‧‧基板 1‧‧‧Substrate

2‧‧‧遮光部 2‧‧‧Shading part

3‧‧‧著色層 3‧‧‧Coloring layer

10‧‧‧彩色濾光片 10‧‧‧Color filter

20‧‧‧反基板 20‧‧‧Reverse substrate

30‧‧‧液晶層 30‧‧‧Liquid crystal layer

40‧‧‧液晶顯示裝置 40‧‧‧LCD device

50‧‧‧有機保護層 50‧‧‧Organic protective layer

60‧‧‧無機氧化膜 60‧‧‧Inorganic oxide film

71‧‧‧透明陽極 71‧‧‧Transparent anode

72‧‧‧電洞注入層 72‧‧‧hole injection layer

73‧‧‧電洞輸送層 73‧‧‧Electric tunnel transport layer

74‧‧‧發光層 74‧‧‧Light-emitting layer

75‧‧‧電子注入層 75‧‧‧Electron injection layer

76‧‧‧陰極 76‧‧‧Cathode

80‧‧‧有機發光體 80‧‧‧Organic luminous body

100‧‧‧有機發光顯示裝置 100‧‧‧Organic light emitting display device

圖1係本發明之彩色濾光片一例的概略圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of the color filter of the present invention.

圖2係本發明之液晶顯示裝置一例的概略圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.

圖3係本發明之有機發光顯示裝置一例的概略圖。 FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention.

以下,針對本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物、彩色濾光片及顯示裝置,依序詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, the color filter, and the display device of the present invention will be described in detail in order.

另外,本發明中,光係涵蓋可見及非可見區域波長的電磁波以及放射線,而放射線係涵蓋例如微波、電子束。具體係指波長5μm以下的電磁波及電子束。 In addition, in the present invention, the optical system covers electromagnetic waves and radiation having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and the radiation system covers, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to electromagnetic waves and electron beams with a wavelength of 5 μm or less.

本發明中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯基」分別係表示丙烯基及甲基丙烯基;所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」分別係表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯。 In the present invention, the term "(meth)acryl" refers to an acrylic group and a methacryl group, and the term "(meth)acrylate" refers to an acrylate and a methacrylate, respectively.

本說明書中,在無特別聲明前提下,色度座標x、y係指使用C光源進行測色的JIS Z8701之XYZ表色系。 In this manual, unless otherwise stated, the chromaticity coordinates x and y refer to the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 for color measurement using C light source.

I.彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物 I. Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係含有:顏色材料、鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑及溶劑;其中,上述光起始劑係含有下述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物:[化2]一般式(1)

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0006-5
The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention contains: a color material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a solvent; wherein, the photoinitiator includes the following general formula (1) Shown oxime ester compound: [Chemical 2] General formula (1)
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0006-5

(一般式(1)中,Ra及Rb係各自獨立為氫原子或烷基;Rc係亦可含有從硫醚鍵(-S-)、醚鍵(-O-)及羰鍵(-CO-)之中選擇之至少1種2價連接基的烴基;Z係氫原子或-(C=O)Rd;Rd係亦可含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的烴基,或者未含氮原子、且含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的雜環基;Re係碳數1~10之烴基。) (In general formula (1), R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R c may also contain thioether bonds (-S-), ether bonds (-O-), and carbonyl bonds ( -CO-) is a hydrocarbon group of at least one bivalent linking group; Z is a hydrogen atom or -(C=O)R d ; R d may also contain at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom hydrocarbon group, a nitrogen atom or not, and containing at least one kind of selected heterocyclic group from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom; R e based carbon number of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10).

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係藉由光起始劑使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,便可形成經提升輝度的著色層,且具有良好感度。又,本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物係具有經抑制顯影殘渣發生,且當著色層施行圖案化時,可同時輕易在著色層上形成所需微小孔的優點。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention uses the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator to form a colored layer with enhanced brightness and good sensitivity. In addition, the photosensitive colored resin composition system for color filters of the present invention has the advantages of suppressing the occurrence of development residues and, when the colored layer is patterned, the desired minute holes can be easily formed in the colored layer at the same time.

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,藉由光起始劑使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,而發揮如上述效果的作用雖尚未明確,但可推定如下。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention uses the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) as a photoinitiator to exert the above-mentioned effect, although it is not clear, but it can be estimated as follows.

著色層的輝度降低,其中由光起始劑的反應殘基所導致著色現象,有成為肇因之一的情況。習知雖感度高、但著色層輝度不足的肟酯系起始劑,推定具有例如咔唑骨架等,具有容易導致光起始劑的反應殘基著色之構造。相對於此,本發明所使用的上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,因為具有不易成為反應殘基著色原因、且高穿透 率的構造,因而能抑制因反應殘基造成的著色層著色,結果可認為能形成經提升輝度的著色層。 The brightness of the colored layer decreases. Among them, the coloring phenomenon caused by the reaction residue of the photoinitiator may be one of the causes. The conventional oxime ester-based initiators having high sensitivity but insufficient brightness of the colored layer are presumed to have, for example, a carbazole skeleton, etc., and have a structure that easily causes coloration of the reaction residue of the photoinitiator. In contrast, the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) used in the present invention has a structure that is unlikely to be a cause of coloration of the reaction residue and has a high transmittance, so that the coloration layer caused by the reaction residue can be suppressed As a result of coloring, it can be considered that a colored layer with enhanced brightness can be formed.

再者,本發明所使用的上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,因為具有茀骨架,且經由羰基具有肟酯基,因而該構造的共軛系統不會對輝度造成不良影響,藉由提升曝光時之吸收強度的構造,推定感度呈良好。又,本發明所使用的上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,係會產生甲基自由基的光聚合起始劑,相較於會生成較多碳數的烷自由基或芳自由基的光聚合起始劑,因為自由基移動迅速,故可認為具良好的感度。 Furthermore, the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) used in the present invention has a chlorophyll skeleton and has an oxime ester group via a carbonyl group, so the conjugated system of this structure will not adversely affect the brightness, by The structure that enhances the absorption intensity during exposure, it is estimated that the sensitivity is good. In addition, the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) used in the present invention is a photopolymerization initiator that generates methyl radicals, which generates a larger number of carbon alkane radicals or aromatic radicals. The photopolymerization initiator is considered to have good sensitivity due to the rapid movement of free radicals.

再者,本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物或其反應殘基,容易對鹼顯影時的鹼水溶液具有高親和性,所以推定可輕易抑制顯影殘渣。 Furthermore, the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is an oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) or a reaction residue thereof, and easily has a high affinity for an aqueous alkali solution during alkali development, so It is presumed that the development residue can be easily suppressed.

再者,本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物係當將著色層施行圖案化時,可輕易地同時在著色層上形成所需微細孔。當為形成著色層,而使用更高感度的光起始劑時,在生成自由基後,自由基將移動至未曝光部,導致曝光部分的內部仍保有某未曝光部的形狀,且未曝光部周邊部較難形成不顫抖狀態。因此,習知感光性樹脂組成物,若使用可形成細線圖案的高感度光起始劑,則即便細線圖案的直線性良好,但仍頗難形成微小孔。又,如後述比較例2,若使用感度較低的光起始劑,則即便可形成微小孔,但卻會有殘膜率降低的問題。相對於此,本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,藉由使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物而可輕易地形成微小孔。特別係藉由調整光起始劑的含有量以及所組合使用抗氧化劑的含有量,便可更輕易地形成良好形狀的微小孔。本發明的彩 色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,因為可輕易在著色層上形成所需微細孔,因而亦頗適用於例如為形成反射型彩色濾光片,而在TFT基板上形成著色層,且同時在該著色層中形成供導通用貫穿孔的用途。 Furthermore, the photosensitive colored resin composition system for a color filter of the present invention can easily form required micropores in the colored layer at the same time when the colored layer is patterned. When a higher-sensitivity photoinitiator is used to form a colored layer, after free radicals are generated, the free radicals will move to the unexposed part, resulting in the exposed part still retains the shape of an unexposed part and is not exposed It is more difficult to form a non-trembling state in the peripheral part. Therefore, in the conventional photosensitive resin composition, if a high-sensitivity photoinitiator capable of forming a fine-line pattern is used, even if the linearity of the fine-line pattern is good, it is quite difficult to form minute holes. In addition, as in Comparative Example 2 described later, if a low-sensitivity photoinitiator is used, even if micropores can be formed, there is a problem that the residual film rate decreases. In contrast, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention can easily form micropores by using the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1). Especially by adjusting the content of the photoinitiator and the content of the antioxidant used in combination, it is easier to form fine-shaped micropores. The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention can easily form required micropores on the colored layer, and is therefore also suitable for forming a reflective color filter on a TFT substrate, for example. Layer, and at the same time form the purpose of conducting general-purpose through holes in the colored layer.

再者,本發明所使用的上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物係在茀骨架上經由羰基而具有肟酯基,藉此相較於具有未經由羰基便在茀骨架上鍵結肟酯基之構造的肟酯化合物下,因為結晶性降低,因而溶劑溶解性及溶劑再溶解性獲提升,與其他成分之相溶性變為良好。藉由使用溶劑溶解性及溶劑再溶解性以及與其他成分之相溶性獲提升之光起始劑,便可提升細線圖案的直線性、或輕易地抑制微小孔顫抖現象。 Furthermore, the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) used in the present invention has an oxime ester group via a carbonyl group on the stilbene skeleton, thereby having an oxime ester bonded to the stilbene skeleton without a carbonyl group. Under the oxime ester compound of the base structure, because the crystallinity is reduced, the solvent solubility and solvent re-solubility are improved, and the compatibility with other components becomes good. By using a photoinitiator with improved solvent solubility, solvent re-solubility, and compatibility with other components, the linearity of the fine line pattern can be improved, or the phenomenon of micro-hole shaking can be easily suppressed.

再者,上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,因為熱分解溫度高,因而可抑制塗膜加熱時發生逸氣。所以,光阻可靠度高,例如當在塗膜上更進一步積層著導電膜等其他層之時,可抑制所積層的層因逸氣而遭損傷。 Furthermore, the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) has a high thermal decomposition temperature, and thus can suppress the outgassing when the coating film is heated. Therefore, the reliability of the photoresist is high. For example, when other layers such as a conductive film are further laminated on the coating film, the laminated layer can be prevented from being damaged due to outgassing.

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係含有:顏色材料、鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑及溶劑,在不致損及本發明效果之範圍內,亦可更進一步含有其他成分。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention contains: color materials, alkali-soluble resins, photopolymerizable compounds, photoinitiators, and solvents, and may be used within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. It further contains other ingredients.

以下,針對此種本發明著色樹脂組成物的各成分,從本發明特徵性的上述光起始劑起依序進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, each component of the colored resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail in order from the above-mentioned photoinitiator that is characteristic of the present invention.

[光起始劑] [Photoinitiator] <一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物> <Oxime ester compound represented by general formula (1)>

本發明所使用的光起始劑係含有上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合 物。 The photoinitiator used in the present invention contains the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1).

上述一般式(1)中,Ra及Rb係各自獨立為氫原子或烷基。就從溶劑溶解性以及與其他成分之相溶性觀點而言,Ra及Rb較佳係各自獨立為烷基。該烷基係可為直鏈、分支鏈、環狀、或該等所組合烷基中之任一者。該烷基係可舉例如:乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、正己基、環戊基、甲基環戊基、環戊基甲基、環己基等,其中較佳係碳數2~6之烷基、更佳係碳數2~4之烷基、特佳係碳數2~4之直鏈烷基。 In the above general formula (1), R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility and compatibility with other components, R a and R b are preferably each independently an alkyl group. The alkyl group can be linear, branched, cyclic, or any of these combined alkyl groups. Examples of the alkyl group include ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, cyclopentyl, methyl ring Pentyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, etc., of which alkyl groups with 2 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred, alkyl groups with 2 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferred, and straight-chain alkanes with 2 to 4 carbon atoms are particularly preferred. base.

上述一般式(1)中,Rc係亦可含有從硫醚鍵(-S-)、醚鍵(-O-)及羰鍵(-CO-)中選擇之至少1種2價連接基的烴基。 In the above general formula (1), R c may contain at least one divalent linking group selected from thioether bond (-S-), ether bond (-O-) and carbonyl bond (-CO-) Hydrocarbyl.

上述Rc的烴基係可舉例如:烷基、烯基、芳基、芳烷基等。上述烷基係可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,亦可為直鏈狀與環狀的組合。上述烷基係可舉例如:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、正戊基、正己基、正辛基、正癸基、正十二烷基、環戊基、環己基、環戊基甲基、環己基甲基、環戊基乙基、環己基乙基、

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0009-51
基、異
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0009-52
基、二環戊基、金剛烷基、低級烷基取代金剛烷基等。上述烯基係可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,可舉例如:乙烯基、烯丙基、丙烯基等。上述芳基係可舉例如:苯基、聯苯、萘基、甲苯基、二甲苯基等。上述芳烷基係可舉例如:苄基、苯乙基、萘甲基、萘乙基等。Rc的烴基,尤其較佳係碳數1~14之烴基,更佳係碳數1~10之烷基、碳數7~8之芳烷基及碳數6~10之芳基,特佳係碳數1~10之烷基。又,當在著色層中形成微小孔時,從提升微小孔形狀的觀點而言,Rc的烴基較佳係碳數達2以上。又,從溶劑溶解性、相溶性的觀點而言,Rc的烴基較佳係含有環戊基甲 基、環己基甲基等環狀及直鏈狀烷基的構造。 Examples of the hydrocarbon group of R c include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group. The above-mentioned alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and may be a combination of linear and cyclic. Examples of the above-mentioned alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, and cyclopentyl. , Cyclohexyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl,
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0009-51
Base, different
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0009-52
Group, dicyclopentyl, adamantyl, lower alkyl substituted adamantyl, etc. The above-mentioned alkenyl group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and examples thereof include vinyl, allyl, and propenyl. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tolyl, xylyl and the like. Examples of the aralkyl group include benzyl, phenethyl, naphthylmethyl, and naphthylethyl. The hydrocarbon group of R c is particularly preferably a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 14 carbons, more preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, an aralkyl group with 7 to 8 carbons, and an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons. It is an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In addition, when forming micropores in the colored layer, from the viewpoint of improving the shape of the micropores, the hydrocarbon group of R c preferably has a carbon number of 2 or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and compatibility, the hydrocarbon group of R c preferably has a structure containing cyclic and linear alkyl groups such as cyclopentylmethyl and cyclohexylmethyl.

再者,上述Rc中,藉由上述烴基含有上述2價連接基,便可提升溶劑溶解性與相溶性。上述2價連接基,尤其從提升溶劑溶解性的觀點而言,較佳係硫醚鍵(-S-)、或醚鍵(-O-)。上述Rc中,當上述烴基含有上述2價連接基的情況,上述烴基亦可經由上述2價連接基而與肟酯基的碳原子鍵結,且上述烴基的碳原子亦可直接鍵結於肟酯基的碳原子。上述Rc中,當上述烴基係含有上述2價連接基、且上述烴基的碳原子係直接鍵結於肟酯基的碳原子時,可舉例如上述Rc係由烴基彼此間利用上述2價連接基相鍵結的基之情況。烴基彼此間利用上述2價連接基相鍵結的基,係可舉例如:甲硫基甲基等烷硫基烷基、芳硫烷基等含硫醚鍵(-S-)的構造;甲氧基甲基、甲氧基環己基、烷氧基烷基、芳氧烷基等含醚鍵(-O-)的構造;乙醯甲基、苯甲醯甲基、醯化烷基等含羰鍵(-CO-)的構造等。 Furthermore, in the above-mentioned R c , the solvent solubility and compatibility can be improved by the above-mentioned hydrocarbon group containing the above-mentioned divalent linking group. The above-mentioned divalent linking group is particularly preferably a sulfide bond (-S-) or an ether bond (-O-) from the viewpoint of improving solvent solubility. In the above R c , when the hydrocarbyl group contains the divalent linking group, the hydrocarbyl group may be bonded to the carbon atom of the oxime ester group via the divalent linking group, and the carbon atom of the hydrocarbyl group may be directly bonded to The carbon atom of the oxime ester group. In the above R c , when the hydrocarbyl group contains the divalent linking group, and the carbon atom of the hydrocarbyl group is directly bonded to the carbon atom of the oxime ester group, for example, the R c system uses the divalent linking group between the hydrocarbyl groups. The condition of the base of the connection base phase. The groups in which the hydrocarbon groups are bonded to each other by the above-mentioned divalent linking group include, for example, alkylthioalkyl groups such as methylthiomethyl, and sulfide bond (-S-)-containing structures such as arthioalkyl groups; Structures containing ether linkage (-O-) such as oxymethyl, methoxycyclohexyl, alkoxyalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, etc.; The structure of carbonyl bond (-CO-), etc.

上述一般式(1)中,Z係氫原子或-(C=O)Rd;Rd係亦可含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的烴基、或者未含氮原子但含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的雜環基。 In the above general formula (1), Z is a hydrogen atom or -(C=O)R d ; R d may also contain at least one hydrocarbon group selected from oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms, or contain no nitrogen atoms but contain At least one heterocyclic group selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.

上述Rd之亦可含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的烴基,係可舉例如:上述Rc所說明的烴基、上述Rc所說明的烴基,係更進一步含有從醚鍵(-O-)、羰鍵(-CO-)等含氧原子之連接基及硫醚鍵(-S-)等含硫原子之連接基中選擇之至少1種連接基的基,其中較佳係碳數1~14之烴基,更佳係碳數1~10之烷基、碳數7~8之芳烷基及碳數6~10之芳基,特佳係碳數6~10之芳基。 The above R d may also contain at least one hydrocarbon group selected from oxygen atoms and sulfur atoms. Examples include the hydrocarbon groups described in R c , the hydrocarbon groups described in R c , and further include ether linkages. A group of at least one linking group selected from oxygen atom-containing linking groups such as (-O-) and carbonyl bond (-CO-) and sulfur atom-containing linking groups such as thioether bond (-S-), among which preferred It is a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 14 carbons, more preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, an aralkyl group with 7 to 8 carbons, and an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons. Especially preferred are aromatics with 6 to 10 carbons. base.

再者,未含氮原子但含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的雜環基,其雜環係可舉例如:呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯 并噻吩環、噻吩并噻吩環、氟化呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環等。上述Rd的上述烴基或上述雜環基係從顯影性的觀點而言,較佳係碳數1~10。 Furthermore, a heterocyclic group which does not contain a nitrogen atom but contains at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and its heterocyclic ring system includes, for example, furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, Thienothiophene ring, fluorinated furan ring, thienofuran ring, etc. The hydrocarbon group or the heterocyclic group of the R d preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of developability.

上述Z係從顯影性及輝度的觀點而言,較佳係氫原子。另一方面,藉由上述Z係-(C=O)Rd,便可提升溶劑溶解性、相溶性。 The above-mentioned Z system is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of developability and brightness. On the other hand, by the above-mentioned Z series -(C=O)R d , solvent solubility and compatibility can be improved.

上述一般式(1)中,Re係碳數1~10之烴基。碳數1~10之烴基係可舉例如上述Rc所說明烴基中之碳數1~10者。尤其,從提升感度的觀點而言,上述Re較佳係碳數1~10之烷基及碳數6~10之芳基、更佳係碳數1~6之烷基、特佳係碳數1~4之烷基、最佳係甲基。 , R e hydrocarbon-based carbon number above general formula (1) of 1 to 10. The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms includes, for example, those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group described in R c. In particular, from the viewpoint to enhance the sensitivity in terms of the preferred system R e alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and the aryl group of 6 to 10, more preferably based carbon number of an alkyl group having 1 to 6, particularly preferably based carbon The number of alkyl groups from 1 to 4 is the best methyl group.

上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物的分子量並無特別的限定,從降低光起始劑含有量的觀點而言,較佳係1,000以下、更佳係800以下。 The molecular weight of the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of reducing the content of the photoinitiator, it is preferably 1,000 or less, and more preferably 800 or less.

上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物係可舉例如:Ra及Rb均為碳數1~4之烷基、Rc為碳數1~4之烷基、Z為氫原子、Re為碳數1~4之烷基的化合物;Ra及Rb均為碳數1~6之烷基、Rc為直鏈狀烷基與環狀烷基之組合的碳數4~10之烷基、Z為氫原子、Re為碳數1~4之烷基的化合物;Ra及Rb均為氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基、Rc為碳數1~4之烷基、Z為-(C=O)Rd、Rd為碳數6~10之芳基、Re為碳數1~4之烷基的化合物等,惟並不僅侷限於該等。 The above general formula (1) oxime ester-based compound can be exemplified as: R a and R b are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of, R C is alkyl of 1 to 4, Z is a hydrogen atom, R compound having a carbon number of an alkyl group having 1 to 4 e is a; R a and R b are alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms of, R c is a linear alkyl group with a combination of a cyclic alkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms the alkyl group, Z is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl compound having a carbon number of 1 to 4 is R e; R a and R b are hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of, R c is a 1 to 4 carbon atoms The alkyl group, Z is -(C=O)R d , R d is an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons, and R e is an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbons, etc., but they are not limited to these.

上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物更佳係可舉例如從下述化合物(1-1)~(1-4)中選擇之至少1種:[化3]

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0012-6
The more preferable oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) may include at least one selected from the following compounds (1-1) to (1-4): [化3]
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0012-6

上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物係例如參照日本專利特表2012-526185號公報,取代二苯硫醚或其衍生物,改為使用茀 或其衍生物,藉由配合所使用的材料,適當選擇溶劑、反應溫度、反應時間、精製方法等便可合成。 The oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) is based on, for example, Japanese Patent Special Publication No. 2012-526185, which replaces diphenyl sulfide or its derivatives, and uses quince or its derivatives instead, by matching the materials used It can be synthesized by appropriately selecting solvent, reaction temperature, reaction time, purification method, etc.

本發明的著色樹脂組成物,從能形成輝度獲提升的著色層、且感度良好、在圖案形成時能輕易調整線寬的觀點而言,上述光起始劑較佳係含有2種以上未具咔唑骨架的肟酯化合物。未具咔唑骨架的肟酯化合物,因為反應殘基較難成為著色原因,因而可抑制著色層的輝度降低。又,藉由適當選擇組合含有上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物、且不同感度的2種以上肟酯化合物,便可在維持良好感度狀態下,調整圖案形成時的線寬。當本發明的著色樹脂組成物係含有2種以上未具咔唑骨架的肟酯化合物時,只要至少含有1種以上之上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物便可,亦可含有2種以上之上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,亦可組合含有上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物、與不同於上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物的其他未具咔唑骨架之肟酯化合物。 In the colored resin composition of the present invention, from the viewpoints that it can form a colored layer with improved brightness, has good sensitivity, and can easily adjust the line width during pattern formation, it is preferable that the above-mentioned photoinitiator contains two or more types. An oxime ester compound with a carbazole skeleton. The oxime ester compound without a carbazole skeleton is less likely to cause the coloring of the reaction residue, and therefore can suppress the decrease in the brightness of the colored layer. In addition, by appropriately selecting and combining two or more types of oxime ester compounds containing the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) and having different sensitivities, the line width during pattern formation can be adjusted while maintaining a good sensitivity. When the coloring resin composition of the present invention contains two or more types of oxime ester compounds without a carbazole skeleton, at least one type of oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) may be contained, or two types may be contained. The above oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) can also be combined to contain the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), and other oxime ester compounds different from the above general formula (1) without carbazole The backbone of the oxime ester compound.

其中,從不致使輝度、顯影性及感度大幅降低、能輕易提升微小孔形狀的觀點而言,較佳係組合使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物、與具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物。 Among them, from the viewpoint of not causing a significant decrease in brightness, developability, and sensitivity, and being able to easily improve the shape of the micropores, it is preferable to use the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) in combination with a diphenyl sulfide skeleton Oxime ester compound.

具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物較佳係可使用例如下述一般式(2)所示肟酯化合物:[化4]一般式(2)

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0014-7
(一般式(2)中,Rc'及Rf係各自獨立之亦可含有從硫醚鍵(-S-)、醚鍵(-O-)及羰鍵(-CO-)中選擇之至少1種2價連接基的碳數1~14之烴基;Z1係氫原子、硝基或-(C=O)Rd';Rd'係可亦含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的烴基、或未含氮原子但含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的雜環基。) Preferably, the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton can use the oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula (2): [formation 4] general formula (2)
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0014-7
(In general formula (2), R c'and R f are independent of each other and may contain at least one selected from thioether bond (-S-), ether bond (-O-) and carbonyl bond (-CO-) One type of bivalent linking group is a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 14 carbon atoms; Z 1 is a hydrogen atom, a nitro group or -(C=O)R d' ; R d' may also contain an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom At least one type of hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic group that does not contain a nitrogen atom but contains at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.)

上述一般式(2)的Rc'及Rf之亦可含有從硫醚鍵(-S-)、醚鍵(-O-)及羰鍵(-CO-)中選擇之至少1種2價連接基的碳數1~14之烴基,係可舉例如與上述一般式(1)的Rc之亦可含有從硫醚鍵(-S-)、醚鍵(-O-)及羰鍵(-CO-)中選擇之至少1種2價連接基的烴基中,屬於碳數1~14者為相同物。上述一般式(2)的Rc'同樣較佳可使用上述一般式(1)的Rc較佳使用者。上述一般式(2)的Rf,係從提升感度的觀點而言,較佳係碳數1~10之烷基及碳數6~10之芳基、更佳係碳數1~6之烷基、特佳係碳數1~4之烷基、最佳係甲基。 The R c'and R f of the above general formula (2) may also contain at least one divalent selected from thioether bond (-S-), ether bond (-O-) and carbonyl bond (-CO-) The hydrocarbon group with 1 to 14 carbon atoms of the linking group may be, for example, R c of the above general formula (1) may also contain thioether bond (-S-), ether bond (-O-) and carbonyl bond ( Among the hydrocarbon groups of at least one divalent linking group selected in -CO-), those with carbon number 1 to 14 are the same. The above general formula (2) R c 'R c may be used likewise preferred user of the preferred general formula (1). R f in the above general formula (2), from the viewpoint of enhancing sensitivity, is preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons and an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons, and more preferably an alkane with 1 to 6 carbons The most preferred is an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the most preferred is a methyl group.

上述一般式(2)的Z1係氫原子、硝基或-(C=O)Rd';Rd'係亦可含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的烴基、或者未含氮原子但含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的雜環基;該Rd'係可舉例如與上述一般式(1)的Rd為同樣者。上述Z1中,從顯影性及輝度的觀點而言,較佳係氫原子或-(C=O)Rd',從輝度的觀點而言,更佳 係氫原子。 The Z 1 of the above general formula (2) is a hydrogen atom, a nitro group, or -(C=O)R d' ; the R d' system may also contain at least one hydrocarbon group selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, or not However, selection of a nitrogen atom containing heterocyclic group is at least one selected from oxygen atom and sulfur atom; the R d 'and R lines can be exemplified as the above general formula (1) d of the same person. Among the above-mentioned Z 1 , from the viewpoint of developability and brightness, a hydrogen atom or -(C=O)R d'is preferable, and from the viewpoint of brightness, a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

上述一般式(2)所示肟酯化合物的分子量並無特別的限定,從降低光起始劑含有量的觀點而言,較佳係1,000以下、更佳係800以下。 The molecular weight of the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (2) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of reducing the content of the photoinitiator, it is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less.

上述一般式(2)所示肟酯化合物係可舉例如:Rc'為直鏈狀烷基與環狀烷基組合的碳數6~10之烷基;Z1為氫原子、Rf為碳數1~4之烷基的化合物;Rc'為直鏈狀烷基與環狀烷基組合的碳數6~10之烷基、Z1為-(C=O)Rd'、該Rd'為未含氮原子但含硫原子的雜環基、Rf為碳數1~4之烷基的化合物等,惟並不僅侷限該等。 The above general formula (2) can be exemplified oxime ester-based compounds such as: R c 'is a linear alkyl group with a carbon number cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 10 in combination of; Z 1 is a hydrogen atom, R f is compound having a carbon number of an alkyl group having 1 to 4; R c 'is a linear alkyl group having a carbon number and combination of cyclic alkyl group of 6 to 10, Z 1 is - (C = O) R d ', the R d' is a heterocyclic group containing no nitrogen atom but a sulfur atom, a compound in which R f is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, etc., but it is not limited to these.

上述一般式(2)所示肟酯化合物更佳係可舉例如從下述化合物(2-1)~(2-2)中選擇之至少1種。 More preferable oxime ester compounds represented by the above general formula (2) include at least one selected from the following compounds (2-1) to (2-2), for example.

[化5]

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0016-9
[化5]
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0016-9

上述一般式(2)所示肟酯化合物係例如參照日本專利特表2012-526185號公報便可合成。 The oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (2) can be synthesized by referring to Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-526185, for example.

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,光起始劑亦可更進一步組合使用不同於上述肟酯化合物外的其他光起始劑。另外,本發明著色樹脂組成物所使用的光起始劑,係除光聚合起始劑之外,尚亦可含有鏈轉移劑。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention, the photoinitiator may be further used in combination with other photoinitiators other than the above-mentioned oxime ester compound. In addition, the photoinitiator used in the colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent in addition to the photopolymerization initiator.

<其他光起始劑> <Other photoinitiators>

其他光起始劑係可舉例如:不同於涵蓋上述一般式(1)所示肟酯 化合物且未具咔唑骨架的肟酯化合物之其他肟酯系光起始劑、α-胺酮系光起始劑、二咪唑(biimidazole)系光起始劑、氧硫

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0017-53
系光起始劑、醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑及巰系鏈轉移劑等。 Other photoinitiators include, for example, other oxime ester photoinitiators and α-amine ketone photoinitiators, which are different from the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) and do not have a carbazole skeleton. Initiator, biimidazole-based photoinitiator, oxysulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0017-53
It is a photoinitiator, phosphine oxide photoinitiator, sulfhydryl chain transfer agent, etc.

尤其,從在提升輝度狀態下,形成細線圖案時更加提升直線性、或提升形成如設計遮罩線寬之細線圖案能力的觀點而言,以及提升微小孔形狀的觀點而言,上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物最好係更進一步組合從α-胺酮系光起始劑、二咪唑系光起始劑、氧硫

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0017-55
系光起始劑、醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑與巰系鏈轉移劑中選擇之至少1種。其中,就從形成微小孔時,抑制孔端部顫抖,俾輕易形成良好尺寸精度微小孔的觀點而言,最好更進一步組合使用醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑。因為醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑的熱分解溫度較高其他起始劑,因而不易因預烘烤時的加熱而引發副反應,藉而可認為能抑制顫抖。 In particular, from the viewpoint of improving the linearity when forming thin line patterns in the increased brightness state, or the ability to form thin line patterns such as the design mask line width, and the viewpoint of improving the shape of the micro holes, the above general formula ( 1) The oxime ester compound shown is preferably a further combination of α-amine ketone-based photoinitiator, diimidazole-based photoinitiator, oxysulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0017-55
At least one selected from photoinitiator, phosphine oxide photoinitiator and sulfhydryl chain transfer agent. Among them, from the viewpoint of suppressing the shaking of the hole ends when forming the micropores and facilitating the formation of fine pores with good dimensional accuracy, it is preferable to further use the phosphine oxide-based photoinitiator in combination. Since the thermal decomposition temperature of the phosphine oxide-based photoinitiator is higher than other initiators, it is not easy to cause side reactions due to heating during pre-baking, which can be considered to suppress shaking.

所謂「提升直線性」係指經塗佈著色組成物後,在顯影步驟中所形成著色層端部的凹凸少,形成直線狀或略直線狀。又,所謂「顫抖」係指圖案端部的直線或曲線呈不均勻,導致尺寸精度惡化的不良情況。 The so-called "improving linearity" means that after the coloring composition is applied, the end of the colored layer formed in the development step has less unevenness and becomes linear or slightly linear. In addition, the so-called "tremor" refers to the inconsistency of straight lines or curves at the end of the pattern, resulting in poor dimensional accuracy.

再者,從提升微小孔形狀、抑制顫抖的觀點而言,上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物中最好組合使用從α-胺酮系光起始劑、二咪唑系光起始劑、氧硫

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0017-54
系光起始劑、醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑與巰系鏈轉移劑中選擇之至少1種、與上述具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物,更佳係組合使用後述抗氧化劑。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving the shape of the micropores and suppressing tremor, the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) is preferably used in combination with a photoinitiator from an α-amine ketone-based photoinitiator and a diimidazole-based photoinitiator. Oxysulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0017-54
At least one selected from a photoinitiator, a phosphine oxide photoinitiator, and a mercapto-based chain transfer agent, and the above-mentioned oxime ester compound with a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, more preferably a combination of the antioxidant described later .

因為α-胺酮系光起始劑具有從塗膜表面起使中間硬化的性質,容易抑制塗膜深部硬化性,因而若與上述一般式(1)所示 肟酯化合物組合,便有提高塗膜深部硬化性的傾向,故屬較佳。 Since the α-amine ketone photoinitiator has the property of hardening the middle from the surface of the coating film, it is easy to inhibit the deep hardening of the coating film. Therefore, if it is combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), the coating can be improved. The tendency of deep film hardening is better.

α-胺酮系光起始劑係可舉例如:2-甲基-1-(4-甲基硫苯基)-2-

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-57
啉基丙烷-1-酮(例如IRGACURE 907、BASF公司製)、2-苄基-2-(二甲胺基)-1-(4-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-59
啉基苯基)-1-丁酮(例如IRGACURE 369、BASF公司製)、2-(二甲胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-60
啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(IRGACURE 379EG、BASF公司製)等。 Examples of α-aminoketone-based photoinitiator systems include: 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-57
Alkylpropan-1-one (e.g. IRGACURE 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-59
(Alolinylphenyl)-1-butanone (e.g. IRGACURE 369, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-( 4-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-60
(Alkolinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone (IRGACURE 379EG, manufactured by BASF Corporation) and the like.

α-胺酮系光起始劑係可單獨使用、或組合使用2種以上,其中由提升殘膜率的觀點而言,較佳係2-甲基-1-(4-甲基硫苯基)-2-

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-62
啉基丙烷-1-酮及2-苄基-2-(二甲胺基)-1-(4-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-63
啉基苯基)-1-丁酮;從抑制微小孔顫抖的觀點而言,更佳係2-甲基-1-(4-甲基硫苯基)-2-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-64
啉基丙烷-1-酮。 The α-aminoketone-based photoinitiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, from the viewpoint of increasing the residual film rate, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl) is preferred. )-2-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-62
Linylpropane-1-one and 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-63
Linylphenyl)-1-butanone; from the viewpoint of suppressing the shaking of micropores, 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0018-64
Altopropan-1-one.

二咪唑系光起始劑係具有使塗膜深部硬化的性質,容易抑制塗膜表面硬化性,若與上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物組合,由提升塗膜表面硬化性傾向高的觀點而言,係屬較佳。 The diimidazole-based photoinitiator has the property of hardening the deep part of the coating film and easily inhibits the surface hardening of the coating film. When combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), it has a high tendency to improve the surface hardenability of the coating film. From a viewpoint, it is better.

二咪唑系光起始劑係可舉例如:2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(4-乙氧基羰苯基)-1,2'-二咪唑、2,2'-雙(2-溴苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(4-乙氧基羰苯基)-1,2'-二咪唑、2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-二咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-二咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,4,6-三氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-二咪唑、2,2'-雙(2-溴苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-二咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,4-二溴苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-二咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,4,6-三溴苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基-1,2'-二咪唑等。 Examples of diimidazole-based photoinitiators include: 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetra(4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)-1, 2'-diimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-bromophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetra(4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)-1,2'-diimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-diimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4-dichlorobenzene Yl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-diimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4,6-trichlorophenyl)-4,4',5 ,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-diimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-bromophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-di Imidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4-dibromophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-diimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2, 4,6-tribromophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-diimidazole and the like.

二咪唑系光起始劑係可單獨使用、或組合使用2種以上,其中從提升塗膜硬化性的觀點而言,較佳係與巰系鏈轉移劑組合使用。 The diimidazole-based photoinitiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more types. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving the curability of the coating film, it is preferably used in combination with a mercapto-based chain transfer agent.

氧硫

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-65
系光起始劑係可舉例如:2,4-異丙基氧硫
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-66
、2,4-二乙基氧硫
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-67
、1-氯-4-丙氧基氧硫
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-68
、2,4-二氯氧硫
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-69
等。 Oxygen Sulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-65
Examples of photoinitiators include: 2,4-isopropyloxysulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-66
, 2,4-Diethyloxysulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-67
, 1-Chloro-4-propoxysulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-68
, 2,4-Dichlorosulfuryl
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-69
Wait.

氧硫

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-70
系光起始劑係可單獨使用、或組合使用2種以上,其中,從提升自由基生成性轉移的觀點而言,較佳係使用2,4-異丙基氧硫
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-71
、2,4-二乙基氧硫
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-72
。 Oxygen Sulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-70
The photoinitiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more types. Among them, from the viewpoint of enhancing the transfer of free radicals, it is preferable to use 2,4-isopropyloxysulfur.
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-71
, 2,4-Diethyloxysulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-72
.

醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑雖具有因熱造成的變黃較少之性質,而適用於輝度提升,但一般會有感度低、無法獲得充分硬化性的情況。然而,若與上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物組合,便會提升整體的塗膜硬化性,當形成微小孔時,能抑制孔端部的顫抖,俾可輕易形成尺寸精度良好的微小孔,就此點而言係屬較佳。 Although the phosphine oxide-based photoinitiator has the property of less yellowing due to heat, and is suitable for increasing the brightness, it generally has low sensitivity and insufficient curability. However, if it is combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) above, the overall coating film curability will be improved, and when the micropores are formed, the shaking of the hole ends can be suppressed, so that the micropores with good dimensional accuracy can be easily formed. Hole is better in this regard.

醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑係可舉例如:苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦、2,3,5,6-四甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦、3,4-二甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-苯基乙氧基氧化膦、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦、雙(2,6-二甲氧基苯甲醯基)-2,4,4-三甲基-戊基氧化膦、雙(2,6-二甲基苯甲醯基)-乙基氧化膦等。 Examples of the phosphine oxide-based photoinitiator system include: benzyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,3, 5,6-Tetramethylbenzyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 3,4-dimethylbenzyl-diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl- Phenylethoxy phosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzyl)-2,4, 4-trimethyl-pentyl phosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-ethyl phosphine oxide and the like.

醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑係可單獨使用、或組合使用2種以上,從提升塗膜硬化性的觀點而言,較佳係使用雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦。 The phosphine oxide-based photoinitiator system can be used singly or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of improving the hardenability of the coating film, it is preferable to use bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl). (Phenyl)-phenylphosphine oxide.

巰系鏈轉移劑具有從反應較慢的自由基接收自由基,而加速反應的性質,特別係從提升反應速度傾向高的觀點而言,較佳係組合使用二咪唑系光起始劑。 The sulfhydryl chain transfer agent has the property of accepting free radicals from slow-reacting free radicals and accelerating the reaction. In particular, from the viewpoint of a high tendency to increase the reaction speed, it is preferable to use a diimidazole-based photoinitiator in combination.

巰系鏈轉移劑係可舉例如:2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-73
唑、 2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基-5-甲氧基苯并噻唑、2-巰基-5-甲氧基苯并咪唑、3-巰基丙酸、3-巰基丙酸甲酯、3-巰基丙酸乙酯、3-巰基丙酸辛酯、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0020-74
-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、二季戊四醇六(3-巰基丙酸酯)及四乙二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)等。 The sulfhydryl chain transfer agent system can include, for example: 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzo
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0019-73
Azole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, 3-mercaptopropionic acid, 3-mercaptopropionic acid methyl ester, 3 -Ethyl mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate, 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutoxy)butane, 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1 ,3,5-three
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0020-74
-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-triketone, trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetra(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetra(3-mercaptopropane) Acid ester), dipentaerythritol hexa(3-mercaptopropionate) and tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate).

巰系鏈轉移劑係可單獨使用、或組合使用2種以上,其中從提升反應速度的觀點而言,較佳係使用2-巰基苯并噻唑。 The mercapto-based chain transfer agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more types. Among them, from the viewpoint of increasing the reaction rate, it is preferable to use 2-mercaptobenzothiazole.

本發明之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物中所使用光起始劑的合計含有量,在不致損及本發明效果前提下,其餘並無特別的限制,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,較佳係0.1質量%以上且12.0質量%以下、更佳係1.0質量%以上且8.0質量%以下範圍內。若該含有量達上述下限值以上,便會充分促進光硬化,抑制曝光部分在顯影時溶出;另一方面,若在上述上限值以下,能抑制所獲得著色層的變黃性增強,導致輝度降低情形。 The total content of the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for the color filter of the present invention is not limited, provided that the effect of the present invention is not impaired. The total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition is preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass or more and 12.0% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more and 8.0% by mass or less. If the content exceeds the above lower limit, it will fully promote photohardening and inhibit the elution of exposed parts during development; on the other hand, if the content is below the above upper limit, the yellowing of the obtained colored layer can be inhibited from increasing, and Causes a decrease in brightness.

另外,所謂「固形份」係指溶劑以外的全部,亦包含液狀多官能基單體等在內。 In addition, the term "solid content" refers to everything other than the solvent, and includes liquid polyfunctional monomers and the like.

本發明之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物所使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物的含有量,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,較佳係0.1質量%以上且8.0質量%以下、更佳係0.5質量%以上且6.0質量%以下範圍內。若該含有量在上述下限值以上,便會充分促進光硬化,抑制曝光部分在顯影時溶出;另一方面,若在上述上限值以下,能抑制所獲得著色 層的變黃性增強,導致輝度降低情形。 The content of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention is relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass or more and 8.0% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more and 6.0% by mass or less. If the content is above the above lower limit, it will fully promote photohardening and inhibit the elution of the exposed part during development; on the other hand, if the content is below the above upper limit, the yellowing of the obtained colored layer can be inhibited from increasing, and Causes a decrease in brightness.

再者,本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物係當光起始劑含有2種以上未具有咔唑骨架的肟酯化合物時,包含上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物在內的2種以上未具咔唑骨架之肟酯化合物合計含有量,從充分發揮與該等光起始劑併用效果的觀點而言,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物固形份總量,較佳係0.1質量%以上且12.0質量%以下、更佳係1.0質量%以上且8.0質量%以下範圍內。 Furthermore, when the photoinitiator contains two or more types of oxime ester compounds that do not have a carbazole skeleton, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention contains the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) The total content of the two or more oxime ester compounds without a carbazole skeleton is compared to the solid state of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters from the viewpoint of fully exerting the effect of using these photoinitiators together The total amount is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 12.0% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more and 8.0% by mass or less.

再者,當本發明所使用的光起始劑係在上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物中,組合上述具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物時,上述具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物含有量,就從充分發揮上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物、與上述具二苯硫醚骨架之肟酯化合物的併用效果觀點而言,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,較佳係0.1質量%以上且4.0質量%以下、更佳係0.3質量%以上且3.0質量%以下範圍內。 Furthermore, when the photoinitiator used in the present invention is combined with the above-mentioned oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton in the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), the above-mentioned diphenyl sulfide skeleton The content of the oxime ester compound is relative to the sensitivity of the color filter from the viewpoint of fully exerting the combined effect of the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton. The total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass or more and 4.0% by mass or less, more preferably 0.3% by mass or more and 3.0% by mass or less.

當本發明所使用的光起始劑係在上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物中,組合上述具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物時,上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物、與上述具二苯硫醚骨架之肟酯化合物的比率,從輝度與感度的觀點而言,相對於上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物100質量份,上述具二苯硫醚骨架之肟酯化合物較佳係10質量份以上且150質量份以下、更佳係15質量份以上且120質量份以下。從容易形成微小孔的觀點而言,相對於上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物100質量份,上述具二苯硫醚骨架之肟酯化合物較佳係10質量份以上且70質量份以下、更佳係15質量份以上且50質量份 以下。 When the photoinitiator used in the present invention is in the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), and the above oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton is combined, the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) , And the ratio of the above-mentioned oxime ester compound with diphenyl sulfide skeleton, from the viewpoint of brightness and sensitivity, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), the above-mentioned diphenyl sulfide skeleton The oxime ester compound is preferably 10 parts by mass or more and 150 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or more and 120 parts by mass or less. From the viewpoint of easy formation of micropores, relative to 100 parts by mass of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1), the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton is preferably 10 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less , More preferably, 15 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less.

再者,本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,當光起始劑更進一步含有除上述以外的其他光起始劑時,上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物與上述具二苯硫醚骨架之肟酯化合物的合計含有量,佔本發明所使用光起始劑的合計100質量份中,較佳係達30質量份以上、更佳係達40質量份以上、特佳係達50質量份以上。 Furthermore, in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention, when the photoinitiator further contains a photoinitiator other than the above, the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) and the above The total content of the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton accounts for 100 parts by mass of the total photoinitiator used in the present invention, preferably 30 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, The best series is more than 50 parts by mass.

另一方面,從充分發揮與上述除外的其他光起始劑併用效果之觀點而言,上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物與上述具二苯硫醚骨架之肟酯化合物的合計含有量,佔本發明所使用光起始劑合計100質量份中,較佳係95質量份以下、更佳係85質量份以下。 On the other hand, from the viewpoint of fully exerting the effect of combining with other photoinitiators except the above, the total content of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton , In the total 100 parts by mass of the photoinitiator used in the present invention, preferably 95 parts by mass or less, more preferably 85 parts by mass or less.

當本發明所使用光起始劑更進一步含有從α-胺酮系光起始劑、二咪唑系光起始劑、氧硫

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0022-75
系光起始劑、醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑與巰系鏈轉移劑中選擇之至少1種的情況,從充分發揮與該等光起始劑併用效果的觀點而言,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,該等的合計含有量較佳係0.1質量%以上且4.0質量%以下、更佳係0.5質量%以上且2.0質量%以下範圍內。 When the photoinitiator used in the present invention further contains a photoinitiator from α-amine ketone, diimidazole photoinitiator,
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0022-75
In the case of selecting at least one of a photoinitiator, a phosphine oxide photoinitiator, and a mercapto-based chain transfer agent, from the viewpoint of fully exerting the effect of using these photoinitiators in combination, relative to The total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, the total content of these is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 4.0% by mass or less, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more and 2.0% by mass or less .

[顏色材料] [Color material]

本發明中,顏色材料係只要形成彩色濾光片的著色層時能成為所需發色的話便可,其餘並無特別的限定,可單獨或混合使用2種以上的各種有機顏料、無機顏料、可分散的染料及染料。其中,因為有機顏料的發色性高、耐熱性亦高,故屬較佳。有機顏料係在顏 料索引(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists公司出版)中被歸類為顏料(Pigment)的化合物,具體係可舉例如被賦予如下述顏料索引(C.I.)編號者。 In the present invention, the color material can be used as long as it can develop the desired color when forming the coloring layer of the color filter. The rest is not particularly limited, and two or more of various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, Dispersible dyes and dyes. Among them, organic pigments are preferred because they have high color development and high heat resistance. Organic pigments are compounds that are classified as pigments in the Pigment Index (C.I.; published by The Society of Dyers and Colourists), and specific ones include, for example, those assigned with the following Pigment Index (C.I.) numbers.

另外,以下記載顏料索引名的情況,當所列舉的顏料索引名中僅編號不同時,會有僅列舉該編號的情況。 In addition, when the paint index name is described below, if only the number is different among the listed paint index names, there may be cases where only the number is listed.

C.I.顏料黃1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、168、175、185;C.I.顏料橙1、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、61、63、64、71、73;C.I.顏料紫1、19、23、29、32、36、38;C.I.顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60:1、63:1、63:2、64:1、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、149、150、151、166、168、170、171、172、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、185、187、188、190、193、194、202、206、207、208、209、215、216、220、224、226、242、243、245、254、255、264、265;C.I.顏料藍15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60;C.I.顏料綠7、36、58、59; C.I.顏料棕23、25;C.I.顏料黑1、7。 CI Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98 , 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155 , 156, 166, 168, 175, 185; CI Pigment Orange 1, 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38, 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 61, 63, 64, 71, 73; CI Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38; CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 53: 1, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 2, 58: 4, 60: 1, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64: 1, 81:1, 83, 88, 90:1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 151, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 215, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 243, 245, 254, 255, 264, 265; CI Pigment Blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60; CI Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59; CI Pigment Brown 23, 25; CI Pigment Black 1, 7.

再者,上述無機顏料的具體例係可舉例如:氧化鈦、硫酸鋇、碳酸鈣、鋅華、硫酸鉛、黃色鉛、鋅黃、氧化鐵紅(紅色氧化鐵(III))、鎘紅、群青、普魯士藍、氧化鉻綠、鈷綠、琥珀、鈦黑、合成鐵黑、碳黑等。 Furthermore, specific examples of the above-mentioned inorganic pigments include: titanium oxide, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, zinc bloom, lead sulfate, yellow lead, zinc yellow, iron oxide red (red iron oxide (III)), cadmium red, Ultramarine blue, Prussian blue, chromium oxide green, cobalt green, amber, titanium black, synthetic iron black, carbon black, etc.

例如當在彩色濾光片的基板上,使用本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,形成遮光層的圖案時,便在油墨中摻合高遮光性黑色顏料。高遮光性黑色顏料係可使用例如:碳黑、四氧化三鐵等無機顏料;或花青黑等有機顏料。 For example, when the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is used on the substrate of a color filter to form a pattern of a light-shielding layer, a highly light-shielding black pigment is blended into the ink. For high light-shielding black pigments, for example, inorganic pigments such as carbon black and ferroferric oxide; or organic pigments such as cyanine black can be used.

上述可分散的染料係可舉例如:藉由對染料賦予各種取代基使不溶於溶劑而呈可分散的染料;藉由組合使用溶解度低的溶劑而呈可分散的染料;將對溶劑呈可溶性的染料與反離子形成鹽而不溶化(色澱化)的色澱顏色材料。藉由使用此種可分散的染料、與分散劑,便可提升該染料的分散性與分散安定性。 Examples of the above-mentioned dispersible dyes include: dyes that are insoluble in solvents by imparting various substituents to the dyes; dyes that are dispersible by using a solvent with low solubility in combination; Dyes and counter ions form a lake color material that does not melt (lake). By using such a dispersible dye and dispersant, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the dye can be improved.

另外,指標係若染料對10g溶劑(或混合溶劑)的溶解量在100mg以下,便可判定該染料在該溶劑(或混合溶劑)中能呈分散狀態。 In addition, the index indicates that if the amount of the dye dissolved in 10 g of solvent (or mixed solvent) is less than 100 mg, it can be determined that the dye can be dispersed in the solvent (or mixed solvent).

上述染料係可從習知公知的染料中適當選擇。此種染料係可舉例如:偶氮染料、金屬錯鹽偶氮染料、蒽醌染料、三苯甲烷染料、二苯并哌喃染料、花青素染料、萘醌染料、醌亞胺染料、次甲基染料、酞菁染料等。具體係可舉例如:C.I.溶劑黃4、14、15、24、82、88、94、98、162、179;C.I.溶劑紅45、49; C.I.溶劑橙2、7、11、15、26、56;C.I.溶劑藍35、37、59、67;C.I.酸性紅50、52、289;C.I.酸性紫9、30;C.I.酸性藍19等。 The above-mentioned dye system can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes. Examples of such dyes include: azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, dibenzopyran dyes, anthocyanin dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, Methyl dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, etc. Specific systems include, for example: CI Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 24, 82, 88, 94, 98, 162, 179; CI Solvent Red 45, 49; CI Solvent Orange 2, 7, 11, 15, 26, 56 ; CI Solvent Blue 35, 37, 59, 67; CI Acid Red 50, 52, 289; CI Acid Violet 9, 30; CI Acid Blue 19 and so on.

形成藍色著色層時,從高輝度化的觀點而言,尤其較佳係三芳基甲烷系染料、二苯并哌喃系染料及花青素系染料中之至少1種,又從耐熱性高的觀點而言,較佳係從三芳基甲烷系染料及二苯并哌喃系染料中選擇之至少1種。 When forming the blue colored layer, from the viewpoint of high brightness, at least one of triarylmethane dyes, dibenzopyran dyes, and anthocyanin dyes is particularly preferred, and it has high heat resistance. From the viewpoint of, preferably at least one selected from triarylmethane-based dyes and dibenzopyran-based dyes.

本發明中,從提升彩色濾光片輝度的觀點而言,較佳係含有具三芳基甲烷系染料的色澱顏色材料,尤其更佳係含有三芳基甲烷系鹼性染料、與多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of enhancing the brightness of the color filter, it is preferable to contain a lake color material with triarylmethane-based dyes, and it is more preferable to contain triarylmethane-based basic dyes and polyoxometallic acids. Salt anion.

本發明中,上述色澱顏色材料係從耐熱性及耐光性優異、達成彩色濾光片高輝度化的觀點而言,較佳係下述一般式(i)所示顏色材料,形成分子締合狀態,由呈更優異耐熱性的觀點而言係屬較佳。 In the present invention, the above-mentioned lake color material is preferably a color material represented by the following general formula (i) from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance and light resistance and high brightness of the color filter, forming a molecular association The state is preferable from the viewpoint of exhibiting more excellent heat resistance.

[化6]一般式(i)

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0026-10
[化6] General formula (i)
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0026-10

(一般式(i)中,A係表示與N直接鍵結的碳原子並未具π鍵的a價有機基,該有機基係表示至少在與N直接鍵結的末端具有飽和脂肪族烴基的脂肪族烴基、或具該脂肪族烴基的芳香族基,亦可在碳鏈中含有O、S、N。Bc-係表示c價多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子。Ri~Rv係表示各自獨立為氫原子、亦可具有取代基的烷基、或亦可具有取代基的芳基,亦可由Rii與Riii、Riv與Rv相鍵結形成環構造。Ar1係表示亦可具有取代基的2價芳香族基。複數Ri~Rv及Ar1分別可為相同、亦可為不同。 (In the general formula (i), A series represents an a-valent organic group that does not have a π bond on the carbon atom directly bonded to N, and this organic group represents a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at least at the end directly bonded to N The aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic group with the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may also contain O, S, and N in the carbon chain. B c- represents a c-valent polyoxometalate anion. R i ~R v represent each An alkyl group which is independently a hydrogen atom, which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent, may be formed by bonding R ii and R iii , and R iv and R v to form a ring structure. Ar 1 may also be represented by the system A bivalent aromatic group having a substituent. The plural R i to R v and Ar 1 may be the same or different.

a及c係表示2以上的整數,b及d係表示1以上的整數。e係0或1,當e為0時並未存在鍵結。複數e係可為相同、亦可為不同。) a and c represent an integer of 2 or more, and b and d represent an integer of 1 or more. e is 0 or 1. When e is 0, there is no bond. The plural e systems may be the same or different. )

上述一般式(i)所示顏色材料的陽離子部亦可與國際公開第2012/144521號公報所記載的一般式(i)所示顏色材料之陽離子部同。 The cationic part of the color material represented by the above general formula (i) may also be the same as the cationic part of the color material represented by the general formula (i) described in International Publication No. 2012/144521.

上述一般式(i)中的A係與N(氮原子)直接鍵結的碳原子並未具 π鍵的a價有機基,該有機基係表示至少在與N直接鍵結的末端具有飽和脂肪族烴基的脂肪族烴基、或具該脂肪族烴基的芳香族基,亦可在碳鏈中含有O(氧原子)、S(硫原子)、N(氮原子)。因為與N直接鍵結的碳原子並未具π鍵,因而陽離子性的發色部位所具有色調、穿透率等顏色特性並不會受連接基A及其他發色部位的影響,可保持與單體同樣的顏色。 In the above general formula (i), the carbon atom directly bonded to N (nitrogen atom) is an a-valent organic group that does not have a π bond. The organic group means that it has saturated fat at least at the end directly bonded to N The aliphatic hydrocarbon group of the group hydrocarbon group or the aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may contain O (oxygen atom), S (sulfur atom), and N (nitrogen atom) in the carbon chain. Because the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond, the color characteristics such as hue and transmittance of the cationic coloring part will not be affected by the linking group A and other coloring parts, and can be maintained with The same color as the monomer.

A中,至少在與N直接鍵結的末端具有飽和脂肪族烴基的脂肪族烴基係在與N直接鍵結的末端碳原子具有π鍵之前提下,可任意為直鏈、分支或環狀,而末端以外的碳原子亦可具有不飽和鍵,亦可具有取代基,且亦可在碳鏈中含有O、S、N。例如亦可含有羰基、羧基、氧羰基、醯胺基等,氫原子亦可更進一步被取代為鹵原子等。 In A, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at least at the end directly bonded to N is provided before the terminal carbon atom directly bonded to N has a π bond, and it may be any straight chain, branched or cyclic group. The carbon atoms other than the terminal may have an unsaturated bond, may have a substituent, and may contain O, S, and N in the carbon chain. For example, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amido group, etc. may be contained, and the hydrogen atom may be further substituted with a halogen atom or the like.

再者,A中,上述具有脂肪族烴基的芳香族基係可舉例如含有脂肪族烴基(其係至少在與N直接鍵結的末端具有飽和脂肪族烴基)的單環或多環芳香族基,亦可具有取代基,亦可為含有O、S、N的雜環。 Furthermore, in A, the above-mentioned aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group includes, for example, a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon group (which has a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at least at the end directly bonded to N) , May have a substituent, and may be a heterocyclic ring containing O, S, and N.

其中,從骨架堅牢性的觀點而言,A較佳係含有環狀脂肪族烴基或芳香族基。 Among them, from the viewpoint of skeletal fastness, A preferably contains a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic group.

從骨架堅牢性的觀點而言,環狀脂肪族烴基較佳係有橋脂環式烴基。所謂「有橋脂環式烴基」係指脂肪族環內具橋接構造,且具多環構造的多環狀脂肪族烴基,例如:降

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0027-76
烷、雙環[2,2,2]辛烷、二環戊二烯、金剛烷等。有橋脂環式烴基中較佳係降
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0027-77
烷。又,芳香族基係可例如含有苯環、萘環的基,其中較佳係含苯環的基。 From the standpoint of skeletal fastness, the cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon group. The so-called "bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon group" refers to a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group with a bridge structure in the aliphatic ring and a polycyclic structure, such as:
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0027-76
Alkanes, bicyclo[2,2,2]octane, dicyclopentadiene, adamantane, etc. The preferred series of bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon groups
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0027-77
alkyl. In addition, the aromatic group may include, for example, a group containing a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring, and among them, a group containing a benzene ring is preferred.

從原料取得容易度的觀點而言,A較佳係2價以上且4價以下、更佳係2價以上且3價以下、特佳係2價。例如A係2價有機 基的情況,可舉例如:碳數1以上且20以下的直鏈、分支、或環狀的伸烷基;以及被2個伸苯二甲基等碳數1以上且20以下之伸烷基取代的芳香族基等。 From the viewpoint of the ease of obtaining raw materials, A is preferably more than or equal to divalent and less than or equal to tetravalent, more preferably more than or equal to divalence and less than or equal to trivalent, and particularly preferably divalent. For example, in the case of an A-based divalent organic group, for example, a linear, branched, or cyclic alkylene group having 1 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms; Aromatic groups substituted with alkylene groups of 20 or less.

Ri~Rv的烷基並無特別的限定。例如碳數1以上且20以下的直鏈或分支狀烷基等,尤其較佳係碳數1以上且8以下的直鏈或分支烷基,從製造及原料調度容易度的觀點而言,更佳係碳數1以上且5以下的直鏈或分支烷基。其中,Ri~Rv的烷基特佳係乙基或甲基。烷基亦可具有的取代基並無特別的限定,可舉例如芳基、鹵原子、羥基等,而經取代的烷基係可舉例如苄基等。 The alkyl group of R i to R v is not particularly limited. For example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms, etc., and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 or more and 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferred. From the viewpoint of ease of production and raw material scheduling, it is more Preferably, it is a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Among them, the alkyl group of R i to R v is particularly preferably an ethyl group or a methyl group. The substituent that the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group, and examples of the substituted alkyl group include a benzyl group.

Ri~Rv的芳基並無特別的限定。例如苯基、萘基等。芳基亦可具有的取代基係可舉例如烷基、鹵原子等。 The aryl group of R i to R v is not particularly limited. For example, phenyl, naphthyl, etc. Examples of the substituent system that the aryl group may have include an alkyl group and a halogen atom.

所謂「由Rii與Riii、Riv與Rv相鍵結形成環構造」,係指Rii與Riii、Riv與Rv經由氮原子形成環構造。環構造並無特別的限定,可舉例如吡咯啶環、哌啶環、

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0028-78
啉環等。 The so-called "R ii and R iii , and R iv and R v are bonded to form a ring structure" means that R ii and R iii , and R iv and R v form a ring structure via a nitrogen atom. The ring structure is not particularly limited, and examples include pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring,
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0028-78
Morpholino ring and so on.

其中,從化學安定性的觀點而言,Ri~Rv較佳係各自獨立為氫原子、碳數1以上且5以下的烷基、苯基、或由Rii與Riii、Riv與Rv相鍵結形成吡咯啶環、哌啶環、

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0028-82
啉環。 Among them, from the viewpoint of chemical stability, R i to R v are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R ii and R iii , R iv and R v phase bonds to form pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring,
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0028-82
Morpholino ring.

Ri~Rv係可各自獨立形成上述構造,但其中從色純度的觀點而言,Ri較佳係氫原子,又從製造及原料調度容易度的觀點而言,較佳係Rii~Rv全部均相同。 R i ~ R v systems can each independently form the above-mentioned structure, but from the viewpoint of color purity, R i is preferably a hydrogen atom, and from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing and raw material scheduling, R ii ~ R v are all the same.

Ar1的2價芳香族基並無特別的限定。芳香族基係除由碳環構成的芳香族烴基之外,亦可為雜環基。芳香族烴基的芳香族烴係除苯環之外,尚可舉例如:萘環、四氫化萘環、茚環、茀環、蒽環、菲環等縮合多環芳香族烴;聯苯、聯三苯、二苯基甲烷、三 苯甲烷、茋等鏈狀多環式烴。該鏈狀多環式烴中,亦可如二苯醚等在鏈狀骨架中具有O、S、N。另一方面,雜環基的雜環係可舉例如:呋喃、噻吩、吡咯、

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-83
唑、噻唑、咪唑、吡唑等五元雜環;吡喃、哌喃酮、吡啶、哌喃酮、噠
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-84
、嘧啶、吡
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-85
等六元雜環;苯并呋喃、噻茚、吲哚、咔唑、香豆素、苯并哌喃酮、喹啉、異喹啉、吖啶、酞
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-86
、喹唑啉、喹
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-87
啉等縮合多環式雜環。該等芳香族基亦可具有取代基。 The divalent aromatic group of Ar 1 is not particularly limited. The aromatic group may be a heterocyclic group in addition to an aromatic hydrocarbon group composed of a carbocyclic ring. In addition to the benzene ring, the aromatic hydrocarbon system of the aromatic hydrocarbon group can also include, for example, naphthalene ring, tetralin ring, indene ring, stilbene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring and other condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons; biphenyl, biphenyl Chain polycyclic hydrocarbons such as triphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane and stilbene. The chain polycyclic hydrocarbon may have O, S, and N in the chain skeleton such as diphenyl ether. On the other hand, the heterocyclic ring system of the heterocyclic group includes, for example, furan, thiophene, pyrrole,
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-83
Azole, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole and other five-membered heterocycles; pyran, piperanone, pyridine, piperanone, pyranone
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-84
, Pyrimidine, pyridine
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-85
Six-membered heterocycles; benzofuran, thiaindene, indole, carbazole, coumarin, benzopyrone, quinoline, isoquinoline, acridine, phthalein
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-86
, Quinazoline, quine
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0029-87
Condensation of polycyclic heterocycles with morpholines and the like. These aromatic groups may have a substituent.

芳香族基所亦可具有的取代基係可舉例如:碳數1以上且5以下的烷基、鹵原子等。 Examples of the substituent system that the aromatic group may have include an alkyl group having 1 or more and 5 or less carbon atoms, a halogen atom, and the like.

Ar1較佳係碳數6以上且20以下的芳香族基、更佳係由碳數10以上且14以下之縮合多環式碳環構成的芳香族基。其中,從構造單純、原料廉價的觀點而言,更佳係伸苯基、伸萘基。 Ar 1 is preferably an aromatic group having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic group composed of a condensed polycyclic carbocyclic ring having 10 or more and 14 or less carbon atoms. Among them, phenylene and naphthylene are more preferred from the viewpoint of simple structure and inexpensive raw materials.

1分子內的複數Ri~Rv及Ar1係可為相同、亦可為不同。當複數Ri~Rv及Ar1分別係相同的情況,因為發色部位呈同一發色,因而可呈現與發色部位的單體為同樣顏色,從色純度的觀點而言,係屬較佳。另一方面,當Ri~Rv及Ar1中至少1個係不同的取代基時,便可重現由複數種單體混合的顏色,能調整為所需顏色。 The plural R i to R v and Ar 1 in 1 molecule may be the same or different. When the plural R i ~R v and Ar 1 are respectively the same, because the color development part is the same color, it can show the same color as the monomer of the color development part. From the viewpoint of color purity, the system is relatively high. good. On the other hand, when at least one of R i to R v and Ar 1 is a different substituent, the color mixed with multiple monomers can be reproduced, and the desired color can be adjusted.

上述一般式(i)所示顏色材料的陰離子(Bc-)係2價以上的多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子。 The anion (B c- ) of the color material represented by the above general formula (i) is a polyoxometalate anion having a valence of two or more.

其中,從高輝度、且耐熱性、耐光性優異的觀點而言,多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子較佳係含有鎢(W)及鉬(Mo)中之至少1種的多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子,從耐熱性的觀點而言,更佳係至少含有鎢、且亦可含有鉬的多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子。 Among them, from the viewpoint of high brightness and excellent heat resistance and light resistance, the polyoxometalate anion is preferably a polyoxometalate anion containing at least one of tungsten (W) and molybdenum (Mo), From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a polyoxometalate anion containing at least tungsten and molybdenum is more preferable.

至少含鎢(W)的多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子中,鎢與鉬的含 有比並無特別的限定,特別從耐熱性優異的觀點而言,鎢與鉬的莫耳比較佳係100:0~85:15範圍內、更佳係100:0~90:10範圍內。 In the polyoxometalate anion containing at least tungsten (W), the content ratio of tungsten to molybdenum is not particularly limited. Especially from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance, the molar ratio of tungsten to molybdenum is preferably 100:0~ In the range of 85:15, preferably 100:0~90:10.

多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子(Bc-)係可單獨使用1種上述多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子、或組合使用2種以上,當組合使用2種以上時,多金屬氧酸鹽陰離子整體中的鎢與鉬之莫耳比最好在上述範圍內。 The polyoxometalate anion (B c- ) system can use one of the above-mentioned polyoxometalate anions alone, or two or more of them in combination. When two or more types are used in combination, the tungsten in the whole polyoxometalate anion The molar ratio to molybdenum is preferably within the above range.

上述一般式(i)所示顏色材料在不致損及本發明效果的範圍內,亦可形成更進一步含有其他陽離子或陰離子的複鹽。此種陽離子的具體例係除其他的鹼性染料之外,尚可舉例如:含有胺基、吡啶基、咪唑基等能與陰離子形成鹽之官能基的有機化合物;鈉離子、鉀離子、鎂離子、鈣離子、銅離子、鐵離子等金屬離子。又,陰離子具體例係除酸性染料之外,尚可舉例如氟化物離子、氯化物離子、溴化物離子等鹵化物離子;無機酸的陰離子等。上述無機酸的陰離子係可舉例如:磷酸離子、硫酸離子、鉻酸離子、鎢酸離子(WO4 2-)、鉬酸離子(MoO4 2-)等含氧酸的陰離子等。 The color material represented by the above general formula (i) can also form a double salt further containing other cations or anions within a range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Specific examples of such cations include, in addition to other basic dyes, organic compounds containing functional groups such as amine groups, pyridyl groups, and imidazole groups that can form salts with anions; sodium ions, potassium ions, and magnesium Metal ions such as ions, calcium ions, copper ions, and iron ions. In addition, specific examples of anions include acid dyes, but also halide ions such as fluoride ions, chloride ions, and bromide ions; inorganic acid anions. Examples of the anion system of the above-mentioned inorganic acid include anion of oxo acid such as phosphoric acid ion, sulfuric acid ion, chromate ion, tungstate ion (WO 4 2- ), molybdate ion (MoO 4 2- ), and the like.

另外,一般式(i)所示顏色材料係例如參考國際公開第2012/144520號公報進行製備。 In addition, the color material represented by the general formula (i) is prepared with reference to International Publication No. 2012/144520, for example.

再者,形成綠色著色層時,最好使用在屬於酞菁鋅顏料的C.I.顏料綠59(PG59)、C.I.顏料綠58(PG58)中,更進一步組合黃色顏色材料的綠色顏色材料。 Furthermore, when forming the green colored layer, it is better to use a green color material in which a yellow color material is further combined with C.I. Pigment Green 59 (PG59) and C.I. Pigment Green 58 (PG58) which are zinc phthalocyanine pigments.

能與PG59、PG58等酞菁鋅顏料組合使用的黃色顏色材料,尤其較佳係C.I.顏料黃150的衍生物顏料。C.I.顏料黃150的衍生物顏料具體係可舉例如根據具至少1種賓客化合物主體作用的下述一般式(ii)或其互變異構結構中之1者的偶氮化合物之單、二、三及四陰離子,與金屬Li、Cs、Mg、Cd、Co、Al、Cr、Sn、 Pb(特別較佳係Na、K、Ca、Sr、Ba、Zn、Fe、Ni、Cu、Mn及La)的金屬錯體。從提升輝度的觀點而言,較佳係使用此種C.I.顏料黃150的衍生物顏料。 The yellow color material that can be used in combination with zinc phthalocyanine pigments such as PG59 and PG58 is particularly preferably a derivative pigment of C.I. Pigment Yellow 150. The specific series of the derivative pigments of CI Pigment Yellow 150 can include, for example, the single, two, and three azo compounds of the following general formula (ii) or one of its tautomeric structures, which have at least one guest compound as the main body. And four anions, and metal Li, Cs, Mg, Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb (particularly preferably Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu, Mn and La) Metal complex. From the viewpoint of enhancing brightness, it is preferable to use such derivative pigments of C.I. Pigment Yellow 150.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0031-11
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0031-11

(上述一般式(ii)中,R31係各自獨立為OH、NH2、NH-CN、醯化胺基、烷基胺基、或芳基胺基;R32係各自獨立為-OH或-NH2) (In the above general formula (ii), R 31 is each independently OH, NH 2 , NH-CN, acylated amino, alkylamino, or arylamino; R 32 is each independently -OH or- NH 2 )

其中,黃色顏色材料係從提升輝度、且提升對比的觀點而言,較佳係含有:從上述一般式(ii)所示偶氮化合物及其互變異構結構的偶氮化合物之單、二、三及四陰離子所構成群組中選擇之至少1種陰離子、與從Cd、Co、Al、Cr、Sn、Pb、Zn、Fe、Ni、Cu及Mn所構成群組中選擇之至少2種金屬離子。 Among them, the yellow color material is from the viewpoint of enhancing brightness and enhancing contrast, and preferably contains: from the above general formula (ii) the azo compound and the tautomeric structure of the azo compound single, two, At least one anion selected from the group consisting of three and four anions, and at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu, and Mn ion.

藉由含有2種以上的金屬離子,便可抑制顏色材料的結晶成長俾能微粒化,更因為與後述分散劑組合使用,因而在顏色材料分散液中被微粒化,推測將可形成經提升對比的著色層。 By containing two or more kinds of metal ions, the crystal growth of the color material can be suppressed and the particle size can be achieved. Furthermore, because it is used in combination with the dispersant described below, it is atomized in the color material dispersion liquid, and it is estimated that it will be able to form an improved contrast. The coloring layer.

一般式(ii)中的醯化胺基之醯基係可舉例如:烷羰基、苯羰基、烷磺醯基、苯磺醯基;亦可被烷基、苯基或萘基取代的胺甲醯基;亦可被烷基、苯基或萘基取代的胺磺醯基;亦可被烷基、苯基或萘基取代的甲脒基(guanyl)等。上述烷基較佳係碳數1~6。又,上述烷基亦可被例如:F、Cl、Br等鹵素;或-OH、-CN、-NH2及/ 或碳數1~6之烷氧基所取代。又,上述苯基及萘基亦可被例如:F、Cl、Br等鹵素;-OH、-CN、-NH2、-NO2、碳數1~6之烷基及/或碳數1~6之烷氧基所取代。 The acyl group of the acylated amino group in the general formula (ii) includes, for example, alkylcarbonyl, phenylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl; carbamate which can also be substituted by alkyl, phenyl or naphthyl Amino group; sulfamidine group which may be substituted by alkyl group, phenyl group or naphthyl group; guanyl group (guanyl) which may be substituted by alkyl group, phenyl group or naphthyl group, etc. The above-mentioned alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In addition, the above-mentioned alkyl group may be substituted with halogens such as F, Cl, and Br; or -OH, -CN, -NH 2 and/or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In addition, the above-mentioned phenyl and naphthyl groups may also be substituted by halogens such as F, Cl, Br; -OH, -CN, -NH 2 , -NO 2 , alkyl groups with 1 to 6 carbons, and/or 1 to carbon atoms. Substituted by 6 alkoxy groups.

一般式(ii)中的烷基胺基之烷基較佳係碳數1~6。上述烷基亦可被例如:F、Cl、Br等鹵素;-OH、-CN、-NH2及/或碳數1~6之烷氧基所取代。 The alkyl group of the alkylamino group in general formula (ii) preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The above-mentioned alkyl groups may also be substituted by halogens such as F, Cl, and Br; -OH, -CN, -NH 2 and/or alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

一般式(ii)中的芳基胺基之芳基係可舉例如苯基、萘基,該等芳基亦可被例如:F、Cl、Br等鹵素;-OH、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、-NH2、-NO2及-CN等所取代。 The aryl group of the arylamino group in the general formula (ii) can include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, and these aryl groups can also be halogenated by, for example, F, Cl, Br, etc.; -OH, carbon number 1~6 Alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, -NH 2 , -NO 2 and -CN etc. are substituted.

上述一般式(ii)所示偶氮化合物及其互變異構結構的偶氮化合物,從色相的觀點而言,R31較佳係各自獨立為-OH、-NH2、-NH-CN、或烷基胺基,2個R31分別可為相同、亦可為不同。 The azo compound represented by the above general formula (ii) and the azo compound of its tautomeric structure, from the viewpoint of hue, R 31 is preferably each independently -OH, -NH 2 , -NH-CN, or In the alkylamino group, the two R 31 may be the same or different.

上述一般式(ii)中,從色相的觀點而言,2個R31更佳係雙方均為-OH的情況、雙方均為-NH-CN的情況、或者1個為-OH而另一個為-NH-CN的情況,特佳係雙方均為-OH的情況。 In the above general formula (ii), from the hue point of view, two R 31 are more preferably when both are -OH, when both are -NH-CN, or one is -OH and the other is In the case of -NH-CN, the best case is the case where both parties are -OH.

再者,上述一般式(ii)所示偶氮化合物及其互變異構結構的偶氮化合物,從色相的觀點而言,R32更佳係雙方均為-OH的情況。 Furthermore, the azo compound represented by the above general formula (ii) and the azo compound of its tautomeric structure, from the viewpoint of hue, R 32 is more preferably a case where both are -OH.

當含有從Cd、Co、Al、Cr、Sn、Pb、Zn、Fe、Ni、Cu及Mn所構成群組中選擇之至少2種金屬離子時,該至少2種金屬較佳係含有至少1種會成為2價或3價陽離子的金屬、更佳係含有從Ni、Cu及Zn所構成群組中選擇之至少1種、特佳係至少含有Ni。 When it contains at least two metal ions selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, the at least two metals preferably contain at least one The metal that becomes a divalent or trivalent cation, more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of Ni, Cu, and Zn, and particularly preferably contains at least Ni.

又,較佳係含有Ni以及從Cd、Co、Al、Cr、Sn、Pb、Zn、Fe、 Cu及Mn所構成群組中選擇之至少1種金屬,更佳係含有Ni以及從Zn、Cu、Al及Fe所構成群組中選擇之至少1種金屬。其中,上述至少2種金屬較佳係Ni與Zn、或Ni與Cu,從與酞菁鋅顏料的親和性觀點而言,更佳係Ni與Zn。 Furthermore, it is preferable to contain Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu, and Mn, and it is more preferable to contain Ni and from Zn, Cu At least one metal selected from the group consisting of, Al and Fe. Among them, the above-mentioned at least two metals are preferably Ni and Zn, or Ni and Cu, and more preferably Ni and Zn from the viewpoint of affinity with the zinc phthalocyanine pigment.

當含有從Cd、Co、Al、Cr、Sn、Pb、Zn、Fe、Ni、Cu及Mn所構成群組中選擇之至少2種金屬的離子時,至少2種金屬的含有比例係可適當調整。 When ions containing at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, the content ratio of the at least two metals can be adjusted appropriately .

其中,Ni、與從Cd、Co、Al、Cr、Sn、Pb、Zn、Fe、Cu及Mn所構成群組中選擇之至少1種金屬的含有比例,較佳係依Ni:其他上述至少1種金屬成為97:3~10:90的莫耳比含有、更佳係依90:10~10:90莫耳比含有。 Among them, the content ratio of Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn is preferably based on Ni: the other at least 1 The metal is contained in a molar ratio of 97:3-10:90, and it is better to contain it in a molar ratio of 90:10-10:90.

其中,Ni與Zn較佳係依Ni:Zn成為90:10~10:90的莫耳比含有、更佳係依70:30~10:90的莫耳比含有。其中,當與酞菁鋅顏料組合時,從提高著色力、輕易抑制微小孔中之顯影殘渣的觀點而言,Ni與Zn的比率較佳係含有Zn多於Ni、更佳係Ni與Zn依Ni:Zn成為40:60~10:90的莫耳比含有。 Among them, Ni and Zn are preferably contained in a molar ratio of 90:10 to 10:90 based on Ni:Zn, and more preferably contained in a molar ratio of 70:30 to 10:90. Among them, when combined with a zinc phthalocyanine pigment, from the viewpoint of improving the coloring power and easily suppressing the development residue in the micropores, the ratio of Ni to Zn is preferably more than Ni, and more preferably Ni and Zn. Ni:Zn is contained in a molar ratio of 40:60 to 10:90.

或者,Ni與Cu較佳係依Ni:Cu為97:3~10:90的莫耳比含有、更佳係依96:4~20:80的莫耳比含有。 Alternatively, Ni and Cu are preferably contained in a molar ratio of Ni:Cu of 97:3 to 10:90, and more preferably contained in a molar ratio of 96:4 to 20:80.

當含有從Cd、Co、Al、Cr、Sn、Pb、Zn、Fe、Ni、Cu及Mn所構成群組中選擇之至少2種金屬的離子時,C.I.顏料黃150的衍生物顏料亦可含有與上述特定金屬的離子為不同之金屬離子。例如亦可含有從Li、Cs、Mg、Na、K、Ca、Sr、Ba及La所構成群組中選擇之至少1種金屬離子。 When containing at least two metal ions selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, the derivative pigment of CI Pigment Yellow 150 may also contain The ion of the specific metal mentioned above is a different metal ion. For example, it may contain at least one metal ion selected from the group consisting of Li, Cs, Mg, Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, and La.

C.I.顏料黃150的衍生物顏料中,含有至少2種金屬 之離子的態樣,係可舉例如:在共通晶格中含有至少2種金屬離子的情況,以及由在其他晶格中分別各含1種金屬離子的結晶進行凝聚之情況。其中,從更加提升對比的觀點而言,較佳係共通晶格中含有至少2種金屬離子的情況。另外,到底屬於在共通晶格中含有至少2種金屬離子的態樣、或屬於由在其他晶格中分別各含1種金屬離子進行結晶進行凝聚的態樣,係例如參照日本專利特開2014-12838號公報,使用X射線繞射法便可適當判斷。 In the derivative pigments of CI Pigment Yellow 150, there are at least two types of metal ions. Examples include the case where at least two types of metal ions are contained in a common crystal lattice, as well as the fact that each of the other crystal lattices contains at least two metal ions. A situation in which the crystals of a metal ion are condensed. Among them, from the viewpoint of further enhancing the contrast, it is preferable that the common crystal lattice contains at least two kinds of metal ions. In addition, whether it belongs to a state in which at least two types of metal ions are contained in a common crystal lattice, or a state in which each type of metal ion is contained in each of the other lattices is crystallized and aggregated, for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014 Bulletin No.-12838, the X-ray diffraction method can be used for proper judgment.

本發明所使用顏色材料的平均一次粒徑,係當形成彩色濾光片的著色層時,只要能進行所需發色便可,並無特別的限定,依照所使用顏色材料的種類而有所不同,較佳係在10nm~100nm範圍內、更佳係15nm~60nm。藉由顏色材料的平均一次粒徑在上述範圍內,具備有由使用本發明顏色材料分散液所製造彩色濾光片的顯示裝置,可成為高對比、且高品質。 The average primary particle size of the color material used in the present invention is when the coloring layer of the color filter is formed, as long as it can develop the desired color, there is no particular limitation, and it depends on the type of color material used. Different, preferably in the range of 10nm-100nm, more preferably 15nm-60nm. Since the average primary particle size of the color material is within the above range, a display device equipped with a color filter manufactured by using the color material dispersion of the present invention can achieve high contrast and high quality.

本發明所使用的顏色材料係利用再結晶法、溶質溶劑研磨法等公知方法便可製造。又,亦可將市售顏色材料施行微細化處理後才使用。 The color material used in the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a recrystallization method and a solute solvent grinding method. In addition, commercially available color materials can be used after being refined.

顏色材料的合計含有量,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,較佳係依3質量%~65質量%、更佳係4質量%~60質量%的比例摻合。若達上述下限值以上,將彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物塗佈既定膜厚(通常1.0μm~5.0μm)時,著色層能具充分的顏色濃度。又,若在上述上限值以下,則保存安定性優異,且能獲得具充分硬度以及與基板密接性的著色層。特別係當形成顏色材料濃度較高的著色層時,顏色材料合計含有量,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形 份總量,較佳係依15質量%~65質量%、更佳係25質量%~60質量%的比例摻合。 The total content of color materials is preferably 3% to 65% by mass, and more preferably 4% to 60% by mass relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters Blending. If it exceeds the above lower limit, when the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 μm to 5.0 μm), the colored layer can have a sufficient color density. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, it will be excellent in storage stability, and can obtain the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board|substrate. Especially when forming a coloring layer with a high color material concentration, the total content of color materials is preferably 15% to 65% by mass relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. , It is better to blend in the ratio of 25% to 60% by mass.

[鹼可溶性樹脂] [Alkali-soluble resin]

本發明的鹼可溶性樹脂係具有酸性基,可從具黏結劑樹脂作用、且對圖案形成時所使用的鹼顯影液具可溶性者之中,適當選擇使用。 The alkali-soluble resin of the present invention has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected and used from among those that have a binder resin function and are soluble in the alkali developer used for pattern formation.

本發明中,所謂「鹼可溶性樹脂」係可將酸值40mgKOH/g以上設為指標。 In the present invention, the so-called "alkali-soluble resin" can have an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more as an index.

本發明的較佳鹼可溶性樹脂係具酸性基(通常係羧基)的樹脂,具體係可舉例如:具羧基的丙烯酸系共聚合體及具羧基的苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等丙烯酸系樹脂;具羧基的環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂等。該等之中,特佳係側鏈具羧基,且側鏈更具有乙烯性不飽和基等光聚合性官能基者。理由係藉由含有光聚合性官能基,便可提升所形成硬化膜的膜強度。又,該等丙烯酸系共聚合體及苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等丙烯酸系樹脂以及環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂,亦可混合使用2種以上。 The preferred alkali-soluble resin of the present invention is a resin having an acidic group (usually a carboxyl group), and specific examples include acrylic resins such as acrylic copolymers having carboxyl groups and styrene-acrylic copolymers having carboxyl groups; Carboxyl epoxy (meth)acrylate resin, etc. Among them, particularly preferred are those having a carboxyl group in the side chain and a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. The reason is that by containing a photopolymerizable functional group, the film strength of the formed cured film can be improved. Moreover, acrylic resins and epoxy acrylate resins, such as these acrylic copolymers and styrene-acrylic copolymers, may mix and use 2 or more types.

具羧基構成單元的丙烯酸系共聚合體及具羧基的苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等丙烯酸系樹脂,係可舉例如將含羧基的乙烯性不飽和單體及視需要可共聚合的其他單體,利用公知方法進行(共)聚合而獲得的(共)聚合體。 Acrylic resins such as acrylic copolymers having carboxyl structural units and styrene-acrylic copolymers having carboxyl groups include, for example, carboxyl-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers and other monomers that can be copolymerized as necessary. A (co)polymer obtained by performing (co)polymerization by a known method.

含羧基的乙烯性不飽和單體係可舉例如:(甲基)丙烯酸、苯甲酸乙烯酯、順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸單烷基酯、反丁烯二酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、肉桂酸、丙烯酸二聚體等。又,亦可利用例如:(甲 基)丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯等具羥基的單體、與順丁烯二酸酐、酞酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐等般之環狀去水物之加成反應物;以及ω-羧-聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。又,羧基的先質亦可使用順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸酐、檸康酸酐等含去水物單體。其中,從共聚合性、成本、溶解性、玻璃轉移溫度等觀點而言,特別較佳係(甲基)丙烯酸。 Examples of carboxyl-containing ethylenically unsaturated monosystems include: (meth)acrylic acid, vinyl benzoate, maleic acid, monoalkyl maleate, fumaric acid, and itaconic acid , Crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, etc. In addition, it is also possible to use monomers with hydroxyl groups such as (meth)acrylic acid-2-hydroxyethyl, and cyclic dehydrates such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, and cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride. Addition reactants; and ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate and the like. In addition, as the precursor of the carboxyl group, a dehydrated substance-containing monomer such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride can also be used. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferred from the viewpoints of copolymerization, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.

鹼可溶性樹脂係從著色層密接性優異的觀點而言,更佳係具烴環。得知藉由鹼可溶性樹脂具有屬於龐大基的烴環,便可抑制所獲得著色層的耐溶劑性,特別係抑制著色層膨潤。雖相關作用尚未明確,但推定藉由著色層內含有龐大烴環,著色層內的分子動作受抑制,結果造成塗膜強度提高,抑制因溶劑造成的膨潤。 From the viewpoint of excellent adhesion of the colored layer, the alkali-soluble resin is more preferably one having a hydrocarbon ring. It is known that the alkali-soluble resin has a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group, and the solvent resistance of the obtained colored layer can be suppressed, and in particular, the swelling of the colored layer can be suppressed. Although the relevant effects are not yet clear, it is estimated that the large hydrocarbon ring contained in the colored layer suppresses the molecular actions in the colored layer, resulting in an increase in the strength of the coating film and suppression of swelling due to solvents.

此種烴環係可舉例如:亦可具有取代基的環狀脂肪族烴環、亦可具有取代基的芳香族環及該等的組合,而烴環亦可具有羰基、羧基、氧羰基、醯胺基等取代基。其中,當含有脂肪族環的情況,將可提升著色層的耐熱性、密接性,且提升所獲得著色層的輝度。 Such a hydrocarbon ring system may include, for example, a cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon ring which may also have a substituent, an aromatic ring which may also have a substituent, and combinations of these, and the hydrocarbon ring may also have a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, Substituents such as amide group. Among them, when an aliphatic ring is contained, the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer can be improved, and the brightness of the obtained colored layer can be improved.

烴環的具體例係可舉例如:環丙烷、環丁烷、環戊烷、環己烷、降

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0036-88
烷、三環[5.2.1.0(2,6)]癸烷(二環戊烷)、金剛烷等脂肪族烴環;苯、萘、蒽、菲、茀等芳香族環;聯苯、聯三苯、二苯基甲烷、三苯甲烷、茋等鏈狀多環;下述化學式(A)所示懸掛結構(cardo structure)等。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon ring include, for example, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, and
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0036-88
Alkanes, tricyclic [5.2.1.0(2,6)] decane (dicyclopentane), adamantane and other aliphatic hydrocarbon rings; benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, sulphur and other aromatic rings; biphenyl, dicyclopentane Chain polycyclic rings such as benzene, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, etc.; cardo structure shown in the following chemical formula (A), etc.

[化8]化學式(A)

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0037-12
[Chemical formula 8] Chemical formula (A)
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0037-12

再者,鹼可溶性樹脂較佳係具有下述一般式(B)所示順丁烯二醯亞胺構造。 Furthermore, the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a maleimide structure represented by the following general formula (B).

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0037-13
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0037-13

(一般式(B)中,RM係亦可被取代的烴環。) (In general formula (B), R M may be a substituted hydrocarbon ring.)

當鹼可溶性樹脂具有上述一般式(B)所示順丁烯二醯亞胺構造時,因為烴環具有氮原子,因而與後述具有一般式(I)所示構成單元的聚合體之鹼性分散劑的相溶性非常佳,而提升顯影殘渣抑制效果。 When the alkali-soluble resin has the maleimide structure represented by the above general formula (B), since the hydrocarbon ring has a nitrogen atom, it is dispersed with the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) described later. The compatibility of the agent is very good, and the development residue suppression effect is improved.

上述一般式(B)的RM之亦可被取代的烴環具體例,係可舉例如同上述烴環具體例。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon ring that may be substituted for R M in the above general formula (B) are the same as the specific examples of the hydrocarbon ring described above.

當烴環含有脂肪族環時,從提升著色層的耐熱性與密接性,且提升所獲得著色層輝度的觀點而言,係屬較佳。 When the hydrocarbon ring contains an aliphatic ring, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer and increasing the brightness of the obtained colored layer.

再者,當含有上述化學式(A)所示懸掛結構時,從提升著色層的硬化性,以及提升耐溶劑性(NMP膨潤抑制)的觀點而言,係屬較 佳。 Furthermore, when the suspension structure represented by the above-mentioned chemical formula (A) is contained, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the hardenability of the colored layer and improving the solvent resistance (inhibition of NMP swelling).

本發明所使用的鹼可溶性樹脂,係從可輕易調整各構成單元量、增加上述具烴環的構成單元量俾輕易提升該構成單元所具有機能的觀點而言,較佳係使用除具羧基的構成單元以外之上述具烴環構成單元的丙烯酸系共聚合體。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention can easily adjust the amount of each constituent unit and increase the amount of the constituent unit having a hydrocarbon ring so as to easily improve the function of the constituent unit. It is preferable to use a resin having a carboxyl group The above-mentioned acrylic copolymer having a structural unit of a hydrocarbon ring other than the structural unit.

具羧基構成單元、與上述具烴環丙烯酸系共聚合體,係藉由使用前述「能共聚合的其他單體」之具烴環的乙烯性不飽和單體,便可製備。 The carboxyl structural unit and the above-mentioned hydrocarbon-ring acrylic copolymer can be prepared by using the above-mentioned "other monomers capable of copolymerization" such as ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydrocarbon ring.

與上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物組合使用的具烴環之乙烯性不飽和單體,係可舉例如:(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸雙環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0038-89
酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、苯乙烯等,從即便經加熱處理後,仍可維持經顯影後著色層截面形狀效果較大的觀點而言,較佳係(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸雙環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、苯乙烯,更佳係苯乙烯。 The ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring used in combination with the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) includes, for example, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, ( Adamantyl meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0038-89
Ester, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, etc., are more effective in maintaining the cross-sectional shape of the colored layer after development even after heat treatment. Preferred are cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, and more preferably styrene.

再者,從顯影殘渣抑制效果的觀點而言,上述具烴環的乙烯性不飽和單體,較佳係上述具順丁烯二醯亞胺構造的單體、與苯乙烯,更佳係苯乙烯。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing development residues, the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring is preferably the above-mentioned monomer having a maleimide structure, and styrene, and more preferably benzene Vinyl.

本發明所使用的鹼可溶性樹脂,尚較佳係側鏈具乙烯性雙鍵。當具乙烯性雙鍵時,在彩色濾光片製造時的樹脂組成物硬化步驟中,該鹼可溶性樹脂彼此間以及該鹼可溶性樹脂與光聚合性化合物等可形成交聯鍵結。藉由與本發明所使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物組合使用,便可更加提升硬化膜的膜強度、提升顯影耐性、抑制硬化膜熱收縮、且與基板的密接性優異。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention preferably has an ethylenic double bond in the side chain. When it has an ethylenic double bond, the alkali-soluble resin and the alkali-soluble resin and the photopolymerizable compound can form a cross-linked bond during the curing step of the resin composition during the color filter manufacturing. By using it in combination with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention, the film strength of the cured film can be improved, the development resistance can be improved, the heat shrinkage of the cured film can be suppressed, and the adhesion to the substrate can be excellent.

在鹼可溶性樹脂中導入乙烯性雙鍵的方法,係可從習知公知方法中適當選擇。例如:在鹼可溶性樹脂所具有的羧基上,加成分子內合併具有環氧基與乙烯性雙鍵的化合物(例如(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯等),而在側鏈導入乙烯性雙鍵的方法;在將具羥基的構成單元導入共聚合體時,加成分子內具備異氰酸酯基與乙烯性雙鍵的化合物,而在側鏈導入乙烯性雙鍵的方法等。 The method of introducing an ethylenic double bond into the alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example: on the carboxyl group of the alkali-soluble resin, a compound having an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond (for example, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, etc.) is incorporated into the molecule, and an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the side chain. Bonding method; when introducing a structural unit having a hydroxyl group into a copolymer, a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule is added, and an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the side chain.

本發明的鹼可溶性樹脂亦可更進一步含有例如(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯等,具酯基的構成單元等等其他構成單元。具酯基的構成單元不僅具有抑制彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物之鹼可溶性成分的機能,亦具有提升對溶劑溶解性(及溶劑再溶解性)成分的機能。 The alkali-soluble resin of the present invention may further contain, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, etc., structural units having ester groups and other structural units. The structural unit having an ester group not only has the function of suppressing alkali-soluble components of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, but also has the function of enhancing the solvent solubility (and solvent resolubility) of the components.

本發明的鹼可溶性樹脂較佳係具有含羧基之構成單元、與含烴環之構成單元的丙烯酸系共聚合體及苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等丙烯酸系樹脂,更佳係含有具羧基之構成單元、具烴環之構成單元以及具乙烯性雙鍵之構成單元的丙烯酸系共聚合體及苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等丙烯酸系樹脂。 The alkali-soluble resin of the present invention is preferably an acrylic resin having a carboxyl-containing structural unit, an acrylic copolymer with a hydrocarbon ring-containing structural unit, and a styrene-acrylic copolymer, and more preferably contains a carboxyl-containing structural unit , Acrylic resins such as acrylic copolymers and styrene-acrylic copolymers with structural units with hydrocarbon rings and structural units with ethylenic double bonds.

鹼可溶性樹脂係藉由適當調整各構成單元的裝填量,便可成為具所需性能的鹼可溶性樹脂。 Alkali-soluble resins can become alkali-soluble resins with required properties by appropriately adjusting the filling amount of each constituent unit.

含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體的裝填量,係從獲得良好圖案的觀點而言,相對於單體總量,較佳係5質量%以上、更佳係10質量%以上。另一方面,從抑制顯影後圖案表面的膜粗糙等觀點而言,含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體的裝填量,相對於單體總量,較佳係50質量%以下、更佳係40質量%以下。 The loading amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is, from the viewpoint of obtaining a good pattern, with respect to the total amount of monomers, it is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing film roughness on the pattern surface after development, the amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% relative to the total amount of monomers. Less than mass%.

若含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體的比例達上述下限值以上,則所 獲得塗膜對鹼顯影液的溶解性充足,又若含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體的比例在上述上限值以下,則利用鹼顯影液進行顯影時,會有不易發生所形成圖案從基板上脫落、或圖案表面膜粗糙的傾向。 If the ratio of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer exceeds the above lower limit, the obtained coating film will have sufficient solubility in the alkali developer, and if the ratio of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is above the upper limit If the value is less than the value, when developing with an alkali developer, the formed pattern will be less likely to fall off the substrate, or the pattern surface film will tend to be rough.

再者,較佳被使用為鹼可溶性樹脂的具乙烯性雙鍵之構成單元的丙烯酸系共聚合體及苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚合體等丙烯酸系樹脂中,合併具有環氧基與乙烯性雙鍵的化合物,相對於含羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體裝填量,較佳係10質量%~95質量%、更佳係15質量%~90質量%。 Furthermore, it is preferable to use acrylic copolymers and styrene-acrylic copolymers, which are structural units of alkali-soluble resins having ethylenic double bonds, in combination with acrylic resins having epoxy groups and ethylenic double bonds. The compound is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, and more preferably 15% by mass to 90% by mass relative to the loading amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer.

含羧基共聚合體的較佳重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳係1,000~50,000範圍、更佳係3,000~20,000。若未滿1,000,則會有硬化後的黏結劑機能明顯降低之情況,又若超過50,000,則在利用鹼顯影液施行顯影時,會有較難形成圖案的情況。 The preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxyl group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. If it is less than 1,000, the function of the hardened adhesive may be significantly reduced, and if it exceeds 50,000, it may be difficult to form a pattern when developing with an alkali developer.

另外,含羧基共聚合體的上述重量平均分子量(Mw)係以聚苯乙烯為標準物質,將THF使用為洗提液,利用Shodex GPC System-21H便可測定。 In addition, the above-mentioned weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxyl group-containing copolymer can be measured by using polystyrene as a standard substance, using THF as an eluent, and using Shodex GPC System-21H.

具羧基的環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂並無特別的限定,較佳係可舉例如使環氧化合物與含不飽和基之單羧酸的反應物,和酸酐進行反應而獲得的環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 The epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxyl group is not particularly limited. For example, an epoxy resin obtained by reacting an epoxy compound with a monocarboxylic acid containing an unsaturated group and an acid anhydride is preferably used. (Meth)acrylate compound.

環氧化合物、不飽和基含有單羧酸及酸酐係可從公知物中適當選擇使用。具羧基的環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂分別可單獨使用1種、亦可併用2種以上。 Epoxy compounds, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acids and acid anhydride systems can be appropriately selected from known ones and used. The epoxy (meth)acrylate resin which has a carboxyl group may be used individually by 1 type, respectively, and may use 2 or more types together.

鹼可溶性樹脂係從對顯影液所使用鹼水溶液的顯影性(溶解性)觀點而言,較佳係選擇酸值達50mgKOH/g以上者。鹼可溶性樹脂係從對顯影液所使用鹼水溶液的顯影性(溶解性)觀點以 及對基板的密接性觀點而言,較佳係酸值70mgKOH/g以上且300mgKOH/g以下、更佳係70mgKOH/g以上且280mgKOH/g以下。 The alkali-soluble resin is preferably one having an acid value of 50 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint of the developability (solubility) of the aqueous alkali solution used in the developer. The alkali-soluble resin is preferably an acid value of 70 mgKOH/g or more and 300 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g, from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) to the alkali aqueous solution used in the developer and the adhesion to the substrate. g or more and 280 mgKOH/g or less.

另外,本發明中,酸值係可依照JIS K 0070進行測定。 In addition, in the present invention, the acid value can be measured in accordance with JIS K 0070.

當鹼可溶性樹脂的側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基時,乙烯性不飽和鍵當量,從藉由組合本發明所使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,能獲得提升硬化膜膜強度、提升顯影耐性以及與基板密接性優異等效果的觀點而言,較佳係100~2000範圍、更佳係140~1500範圍。若該乙烯性不飽和鍵當量在2000以下,則顯影耐性與密接性優異。又,若達100以上,則因為上述具羧基的構成單元、具烴環的構成單元等其他構成單元的比例相對性增加,故顯影性、耐熱性優異。本發明所使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物最好採用前述含有量與組合。 When the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenic unsaturated group, the equivalent of the ethylenic unsaturated bond can be obtained by combining the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) used in the present invention to increase the strength of the cured film, From the viewpoint of effects such as improvement of development resistance and excellent adhesion to the substrate, the range is preferably in the range of 100 to 2000, and more preferably in the range of 140 to 1500. If the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesiveness are excellent. Moreover, if it is 100 or more, the ratio of other structural units, such as the structural unit which has a carboxyl group, the structural unit which has a hydrocarbon ring, etc. relatively increases, and it is excellent in developability and heat resistance. The oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention preferably adopts the aforementioned content and combination.

此處所謂「乙烯性不飽和鍵當量」係指上述鹼可溶性樹脂中,平均乙烯性不飽和鍵1莫耳的重量平均分子量,如下述數式(1)所示:數式(1)乙烯性不飽和鍵當量(g/mol)=W(g)/M(mol) The "ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent" here refers to the weight average molecular weight of the average ethylenically unsaturated bond of 1 mol in the alkali-soluble resin, as shown in the following formula (1): Unsaturated bond equivalent (g/mol)=W(g)/M(mol)

(數式(1)中,W係表示鹼可溶性樹脂的質量(g);M係表示鹼可溶性樹脂W(g)中所含乙烯性雙鍵的莫耳數(mol)。) (In the formula (1), W system represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin; M system represents the number of moles (mol) of the ethylenic double bond contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)

上述乙烯性不飽和鍵當量係例如根據JIS K 0070:1992所記載的碘值試驗方法,藉由測定鹼可溶性樹脂平均1g中所含的乙烯性雙鍵數便可計算出。 The above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent can be calculated by measuring the number of ethylenic double bonds contained in an average of 1 g of an alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the iodine value test method described in JIS K 0070: 1992, for example.

彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物所使用的鹼可溶性樹脂,係可單獨使用1種、亦可組合使用2種以上,含有量並 無特別的限制,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,鹼可溶性樹脂較佳係5質量%~60質量%、更佳係10質量%~40質量%範圍內。若鹼可溶性樹脂含有量達上述下限值以上,便可獲得充分的鹼顯影性,又若鹼可溶性樹脂含有量在上述上限值以下,則在顯影時可抑制膜粗糙、圖案缺損。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content is not particularly limited. Compared with the photosensitive color filter for color filters, the alkali-soluble resin The total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably in the range of 5 mass% to 60 mass% of the alkali-soluble resin, and more preferably 10 mass% to 40 mass%. If the alkali-soluble resin content exceeds the above lower limit value, sufficient alkali developability can be obtained, and if the alkali-soluble resin content is below the above upper limit value, film roughness and pattern defects can be suppressed during development.

[光聚合性化合物] [Photopolymerizable compound]

彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物所使用的光聚合性化合物,係在利用上述光起始劑便可進行聚合之前提下,其餘並無特別的限定,通常最好使用具有二以上乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物,特別較佳係具有二以上丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基的多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is prepared before the polymerization can be carried out by using the above-mentioned photoinitiator. The rest is not particularly limited, and it is usually best to use a compound having two or more ethylene The compound with a sexually unsaturated double bond is particularly preferably a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups.

此種多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯係可從習知公知物中適當選擇使用。具體例係可例如日本專利特開2013-029832號公報所記載者等。 Such a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate system can be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known materials. Specific examples include those described in JP 2013-029832 A, etc.

該等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯係可單獨使用1種、或組合使用2種以上。又,當本發明之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物要求優異光硬化性(高感度)時,多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯較佳係具有3(三官能)以上可聚合雙鍵者,較佳係3價以上多元醇的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、該等的二羧酸改質物,具體係可舉例如:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯的琥珀酸改質物、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯的琥珀酸改質物、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 These polyfunctional (meth)acrylates can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In addition, when the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention requires excellent photocurability (high sensitivity), the polyfunctional (meth)acrylate preferably has 3 (trifunctional) or more polymerizable double bonds Among them, poly(meth)acrylates of polyhydric alcohols with a valence of trivalent or higher, and these dicarboxylic acid modifiers are preferred. Specific examples include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (Meth) acrylate, succinic acid modification of pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, Succinic acid modified product of dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, etc.

彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物所使用上述光聚合性化合物的含有量,並無特別的限制,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,光聚合性化合物較佳係5質量%~60質量%、更佳係10質量%~40質量%範圍內。若光聚合性化合物含有量在上述下限值以上,則光硬化充分進行、能抑制曝光部分在顯影時溶出,又若光聚合性化合物含有量在上述上限值以下,則鹼顯影性充足。 The content of the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is not particularly limited, and the amount of the photopolymerizable compound is relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. The compound is preferably in the range of 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 40% by mass. If the content of the photopolymerizable compound is more than the above lower limit, photocuring is sufficiently advanced and the exposed portion can be prevented from eluting during development, and if the content of the photopolymerizable compound is less than the above upper limit, the alkali developability is sufficient.

彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物中,所使用上述光聚合性化合物含有量與上述光起始劑的含有比例,從優異硬化性、殘膜率的觀點而言,以及提升電可靠度的觀點而言,相對於上述光聚合性化合物100質量份,上述光起始劑的合計含有比例較佳係5質量份以上、更佳係10質量份以上,且較佳係40質量份以下、更佳係30質量份以下。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, the ratio of the content of the photopolymerizable compound used and the content of the photoinitiator to the content of the photoinitiator is improved in terms of excellent curability and residual film rate, and improved electrical reliability From the viewpoint of, relative to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound, the total content of the photoinitiator is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 40 parts by mass or less, More preferably, it is 30 parts by mass or less.

[溶劑] [Solvent]

本發明所使用溶劑係在不會與彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物中的各成分產生反應,但可溶解或分散該等的有機溶劑之前提下,其餘並無特別的限定。溶劑係可單獨使用、或組合使用2種以上。 The solvent used in the present invention does not react with each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, but it can dissolve or disperse the organic solvent, and the rest is not particularly limited. The solvent system can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

溶劑具體例係可舉例如:甲醇、乙醇、N-丙醇、異丙醇、甲氧基醇、乙氧基醇等醇系溶劑;甲氧基乙氧基乙醇、乙氧基乙氧基乙醇等卡必醇系溶劑;醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、甲氧基丙酸甲酯、甲氧基丙酸乙酯、乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸乙酯、羥丙酸甲酯、羥丙酸乙酯、醋酸正丁酯、醋酸異丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、丁酸正丁酯、乳酸乙 酯、環己醇醋酸酯等酯系溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙酮、甲基異丁酮、環己酮、2-庚酮等酮系溶劑;甲氧基醋酸乙酯、丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯、醋酸-3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁酯、醋酸-3-甲氧基丁酯、醋酸乙氧基乙酯等二醇醚醋酸酯系溶劑;醋酸甲氧基乙氧基乙酯、醋酸乙氧基乙氧基乙酯、丁基卡必醇醋酸酯(BCA)等卡必醇醋酸酯系溶劑;丙二醇二醋酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二醋酸酯等二醋酸酯類;乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇二甲醚等二醇醚系溶劑;N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等非質子性醯胺溶劑;γ-丁內酯等內酯系溶劑;四氫呋喃等環狀醚系溶劑;苯、甲苯、二甲苯、萘等不飽和烴系溶劑;N-庚烷、N-己烷、N-辛烷等飽和烴系溶劑;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類等有機溶劑。該等溶劑中,就從其他成分溶解性的觀點而言,較佳係使用二醇醚醋酸酯系溶劑、卡必醇醋酸酯系溶劑、二醇醚系溶劑、酯系溶劑。其中,本發明所使用的溶劑,從其他成分溶解性、塗佈適性的觀點而言,較佳係從丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丁基卡必醇醋酸酯(BCA)、醋酸-3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁酯、乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸乙酯及醋酸-3-甲氧基丁酯所構成群組中選擇1種以上。 Specific examples of solvents include, for example, alcohol-based solvents such as methanol, ethanol, N-propanol, isopropanol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxy alcohol; methoxyethoxyethanol, ethoxyethoxyethanol Carbitol-based solvents; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, hydroxypropionate Ester solvents such as ethyl propionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ethyl lactate, cyclohexanol acetate, etc.; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl Ketone solvents such as isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone and 2-heptanone; ethyl methoxyacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, acetic acid Glycol ether acetate solvents such as -3-methoxybutyl ester and ethoxy ethyl acetate; methoxy ethoxy ethyl acetate, ethoxy ethoxy ethyl acetate, butyl carbitol acetic acid Carbitol acetate solvents such as esters (BCA); diacetate esters such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butanediol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol Dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether and other glycol ether solvents; N,N-dimethyl Aprotic amide solvents such as formamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, and N-methylpyrrolidone; lactone-based solvents such as γ-butyrolactone; cyclic ether-based solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; benzene , Toluene, xylene, naphthalene and other unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents; N-heptane, N-hexane, N-octane and other saturated hydrocarbon solvents; Toluene, xylene and other aromatic hydrocarbons and other organic solvents. Among these solvents, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components, glycol ether acetate solvents, carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents are preferably used. Among them, the solvent used in the present invention is preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), from the viewpoints of solubility of other components and coating suitability. Choose one or more from the group consisting of 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, and 3-methoxybutyl acetate.

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物中,溶劑含有量係可在精度佳形成著色層的範圍內適當設定。相對於含該溶劑的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物總量在內,通常較佳係55質量%~95質量%範圍內、其中更佳係65質量%~88質量%範圍內。藉由上述溶劑含有量在上述範圍內,便可成為塗佈性優異。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention, the solvent content can be appropriately set within the range where the colored layer is formed with high accuracy. It is generally preferably in the range of 55% to 95% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 65% to 88% by mass relative to the total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coating property can be excellent.

[分散劑] [Dispersant]

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物中,上述顏色材料最好經利用分散劑使分散於溶劑中之後才使用。本發明中,分散劑係可從習知公知分散劑中適當選擇使用。分散劑係可使用例如:陽離子系、陰離子系、非離子系、兩性、聚矽氧系、氟系等界面活性劑。界面活性劑中,從能獲得均勻且微細分散的觀點而言,較佳係高分子分散劑。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, the above-mentioned color material is preferably used after being dispersed in a solvent with a dispersant. In the present invention, the dispersant system can be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known dispersants. As the dispersant system, for example, cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, silicone, fluorine, and other surfactants can be used. Among the surfactants, a polymer dispersant is preferred from the viewpoint of obtaining uniform and fine dispersion.

高分子分散劑係可舉例如:聚丙烯酸酯等不飽和羧酸酯的(共)聚合體類;聚丙烯酸等不飽和羧酸的(共)聚合體之(部分)胺鹽、(部分)銨鹽、(部分)烷基胺鹽類;含羥基之聚丙烯酸酯等含羥基不飽和羧酸酯的(共)聚合體、該等的改質物;聚胺酯類;不飽和聚醯胺類;聚矽氧烷類;長鏈聚胺基醯胺磷酸鹽類;聚乙烯亞胺衍生物[利用聚(低級伸烷亞胺)與含游離羧基的聚酯之反應,所獲得醯胺、該等的鹼];聚烯丙胺衍生物(使聚烯丙胺、與從具游離羧基的聚酯、聚醯胺或酯與醯胺的共縮合物(聚酯醯胺)等3種化合物中選擇1種以上的化合物,進行反應而獲得的反應生成物)等。 Examples of polymer dispersants include: (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylate; (partial) amine salts and (partial) ammonium of (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylic acid. Salts, (part of) alkylamine salts; (co)polymers of hydroxyl-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as hydroxyl-containing polyacrylates, and modifications thereof; polyurethanes; unsaturated polyamides; polysilicones Oxyanes; long-chain polyamino amide phosphates; polyethylene imine derivatives [Using the reaction of poly(lower alkylene imine) with a polyester containing free carboxyl groups to obtain amides, these bases ]; Polyallylamine derivatives (make polyallylamine, and from the polyester with free carboxyl group, polyamide or ester and amide co-condensate (polyester amide) and other three kinds of compounds selected at least one Compound, reaction product obtained by reaction), etc.

高分子分散劑係從能使上述顏色材料適當分散、分散安定性良好的觀點而言,較佳係主鏈或側鏈含有氮原子、具有胺值的高分子分散劑,尤其從分散性佳、塗膜形成時不會析出異物、能提升輝度與對比的觀點而言,更佳係由具有含三級胺重複單元的聚合體所構成高分子分散劑。 The polymer dispersant is preferably a polymer dispersant with an amine value that contains nitrogen atoms in the main chain or side chain from the viewpoint of being able to disperse the above-mentioned color materials properly and having good dispersion stability. From the viewpoints of no precipitation of foreign matter during coating film formation and improvement in brightness and contrast, it is more preferable to use a polymer dispersant composed of a polymer having tertiary amine-containing repeating units.

具三級胺的重複單元係與上述顏色材料具親和性的部位。由具有含三級胺重複單元的聚合體所構成高分子分散劑,通常係含有將成為與溶劑具親和性部位的重複單元。具有含三級胺重複單元的聚 合體,係從耐熱性優異、可形成高輝度塗膜的觀點而言,尤其較佳係具有:由具三級胺重複單元所構成嵌段部以及具溶劑親和性嵌段部的嵌段共聚合體。 The repeating unit with tertiary amine is the part that has affinity with the above-mentioned color material. A polymer dispersant composed of a polymer having a tertiary amine-containing repeating unit usually contains a repeating unit that will become a site having affinity with the solvent. Polymers with tertiary amine-containing repeating units are excellent in heat resistance and capable of forming high-brightness coatings. It is particularly preferable to have: block parts composed of tertiary amine repeating units and solvent affinity The block copolymer of the sexual block part.

具三級胺重複單元係只要具三級胺便可,該三級胺係可含於嵌段聚合物的側鏈、亦可構成主鏈。 The repeating unit system having a tertiary amine only needs to have a tertiary amine, and the tertiary amine system may be contained in the side chain of the block polymer or may constitute the main chain.

其中,較佳係側鏈具有三級胺的重複單元,其中從主鏈骨架不易熱分解、高耐熱性的觀點而言,更佳係下述一般式(I)所示構造:

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0046-14
Among them, it is preferable that the side chain has a tertiary amine repeating unit, and from the viewpoint of the main chain skeleton is not easy to be thermally decomposed and high heat resistance, the structure represented by the following general formula (I) is more preferable:
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0046-14

(一般式(I)中,R1係氫原子或甲基;Q係2價連接基;R2係碳數1~8之伸烷基、-[CH(R5)-CH(R6)-O]x-CH(R5)-CH(R6)-或-[(CH2)y-O]z-(CH2)y-所示之2價有機基;R3及R4係各自獨立表示亦可被取代之鏈狀或環狀烴基,或R3及R4相互鍵結形成環狀構造。R5及R6係各自獨立為氫原子或甲基。 (In general formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; Q is a divalent linking group; R 2 is an alkylene group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, -[CH(R 5 )-CH(R 6 ) -O] x -CH(R 5 )-CH(R 6 )-or-[(CH 2 ) y -O] z -(CH 2 ) y -as shown in the divalent organic group; R 3 and R 4 are Each independently represents a chain or cyclic hydrocarbon group that may be substituted, or R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

x係1~18之整數;y係1~5之整數;z係1~18之整數。) x is an integer from 1 to 18; y is an integer from 1 to 5; z is an integer from 1 to 18. )

上述一般式(I)的2價連接基Q係可舉例如:碳數1~10之伸烷基、伸芳基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、碳數1~10之醚基(-R'-OR"-:R'及R"係各自獨立為伸烷基)及該等的組合等。其中, 從所獲得聚合物的耐熱性、對較佳使用為溶劑的丙二醇單甲醚醋酸酯(PGMEA)之溶解性以及較廉價材料的觀點而言,Q較佳係-COO-基或-CONH-基。 The divalent linking group Q of the above general formula (I) may include, for example, alkylene, aryl, -CONH-, -COO-, and ether groups ( -R'-OR"-: R'and R" are each independently an alkylene group) and combinations thereof. Among them, from the viewpoints of the heat resistance of the obtained polymer, the solubility of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), which is preferably used as a solvent, and a relatively inexpensive material, Q is preferably -COO- group or -CONH -base.

上述一般式(I)的2價有機基R2係碳數1~8之伸烷基、-[CH(R5)-CH(R6)-O]x-CH(R5)-CH(R6)-或-[(CH2)y-O]z-(CH2)y-。上述碳數1~8之伸烷基係可任意為直鏈狀、分支狀,例如:亞甲基、乙烯基、三亞甲基、伸丙基、各種伸丁基、各種伸戊基、各種伸己基、各種伸辛基等。 The divalent organic group R 2 of the above general formula (I) is an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, -[CH(R 5 )-CH(R 6 )-O] x -CH(R 5 )-CH( R 6 )-or-[(CH 2 ) y -O] z -(CH 2 ) y -. The above-mentioned alkylene series with 1 to 8 carbon atoms can be arbitrarily linear or branched, such as: methylene, vinyl, trimethylene, propylene, various butylenes, various pentylenes, various extensions Hexyl, various octyl groups, etc.

R5及R6係各自獨立為氫原子或甲基。 R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

上述R2,從分散性的觀點而言,較佳係碳數1~8之伸烷基,其中,R2更佳係亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基,特佳係亞甲基及伸乙基。 The above R 2, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, the preferred stretch-based carbon number of an alkyl group having 1 to 8, wherein, R 2 more preferably a methylene group based, extending ethyl, propyl stretched, stretch-butyl, particularly preferably Department of methylene and ethylene.

上述一般式(I)中,由R3、R4相互鍵結形成的環狀構造係可舉例如五~七元環的含氮雜環單環、或由該等2個縮合而成的縮合環。該含氮雜環最好未具芳香性,若是飽和環更佳。 In the above general formula (I), the cyclic structure formed by R 3 and R 4 being bonded to each other can include, for example, a five- to seven-membered ring nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocyclic ring, or a condensation formed by the condensation of these two ring. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably not aromatic, and it is more preferably a saturated ring.

上述一般式(I)所示重複單元係可舉例如:(甲基)丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二甲胺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙胺基丙酯等含烷基取代胺基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯等;二甲胺基乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二甲胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含烷基取代胺基的(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。其中,從提升分散性及分散安定性的觀點而言,較佳係使用(甲基)丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙胺基乙酯、二甲胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺。 The repeating unit system represented by the above general formula (I) may, for example, be dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate , (Meth)acrylic acid diethylaminopropyl ester and other (meth)acrylates containing alkyl substituted amino groups, etc.; dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) (Meth)acrylamide containing alkyl substituted amino groups such as acrylamide. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferable to use dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl ( (Meth)acrylamide.

由上述具三級胺重複單元所構成的嵌段部中,一般式(I)所示構成單元較佳係含有3個以上。其中,從提升分散性及分散 安定性的觀點而言,較佳係含有3~100個、更佳係含有3~50個、特佳係含有3~30個。 In the block portion composed of the above-mentioned tertiary amine repeating unit, the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) preferably contains 3 or more. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferable to contain 3 to 100, more preferably 3 to 50, and particularly preferable to contain 3 to 30.

具有與由上述具三級胺重複單元所構成嵌段部(以下稱「A嵌段」),具溶劑親和性的嵌段部(以下稱「B嵌段」)之嵌段共聚合體中,具溶劑親和性的嵌段部係從使溶劑親和性呈良好、提升分散性的觀點而言,未具上述一般式(I)所示構成單元,但具有能與上述一般式(I)共聚合之構成單元的溶劑親和性嵌段部。本發明中,嵌段共聚合體的各嵌段配置並無特別的限定,可舉例如:AB嵌段共聚合體、ABA嵌段共聚合體、BAB嵌段共聚合體等。其中,從分散性優異的觀點而言,較佳係AB嵌段共聚合體、或ABA嵌段共聚合體。 In a block copolymer having a block portion (hereinafter referred to as "A block") constituted by the above-mentioned tertiary amine repeating unit (hereinafter referred to as "A block"), and a block portion having solvent affinity (hereinafter referred to as "B block"), it has The solvent-affinity block part does not have the structural unit represented by the above general formula (I) from the viewpoint of making the solvent affinity good and improving the dispersibility, but has the ability to copolymerize with the above general formula (I) The solvent affinity block part of the constituent unit. In the present invention, the arrangement of each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include AB block copolymers, ABA block copolymers, and BAB block copolymers. Among them, from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferred.

上述B嵌段最好與國際公開第2016/104493號的B嵌段同樣。 The above-mentioned B block is preferably the same as the B block of International Publication No. 2016/104493.

構成溶劑親和性嵌段部的構成單元數,只要在能提升顏色材料分散性的範圍內適當調整便可。其中,從溶劑親和性部位與顏色材料親和性部位能有效發揮作用以及提升顏色材料分散性的觀點而言,構成溶劑親和性嵌段部的構成單元數較佳係10~200、更佳係10~100、特佳係10~70。 The number of structural units constituting the solvent affinity block portion may be appropriately adjusted within a range that can improve the dispersibility of the color material. Among them, from the viewpoint that the solvent affinity site and the color material affinity site can effectively function and improve the dispersibility of the color material, the number of structural units constituting the solvent affinity block portion is preferably 10 to 200, and more preferably 10 ~100, especially good series 10~70.

溶劑親和性嵌段部係只要依能發揮溶劑親和性部位機能的方式選擇便可,構成溶劑親和性嵌段部的重複單元係可由單1種構成、亦可含有2種以上重複單元。 The solvent-affinity block part system may be selected as long as it exhibits the function of the solvent-affinity part, and the repeating unit system constituting the solvent-affinity block part may be composed of a single type or may contain two or more types of repeating units.

本發明當作分散劑使用的嵌段共聚合體中,上述一般式(I)所示構成單元的單元數m、與構成溶劑親和性嵌段部的其他構成單元之單元數n比率m/n,從顏色材料分散性、分散安定性的觀點而言,較佳係0.01~1範圍內、更佳係0.05~0.7範圍內。 In the block copolymer used as a dispersant in the present invention, the ratio m/n of the unit number m of the structural unit represented by the above general formula (I) and the unit number n of the other structural unit constituting the solvent affinity block part, From the viewpoint of color material dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1, and more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 0.7.

再者,其中本發明的分散劑,從分散性佳、塗膜形成時不會析出異物、能提升輝度與對比的觀點而言,較佳係含有上述一般式(I)所示構造、且胺值為40mgKOH/g以上且120mgKOH/g以下之聚合體。 Furthermore, the dispersant of the present invention preferably contains the structure represented by the above general formula (I) and amine from the viewpoints of good dispersibility, no precipitation of foreign matter during coating film formation, and improved brightness and contrast. The value is a polymer with a value above 40mgKOH/g and below 120mgKOH/g.

藉由胺值在上述範圍內,則黏度經時安定性、耐熱性優異,且鹼顯影性、溶劑再溶解性亦優異。若分散劑的胺值較高,則分散性與分散安定性獲提升、且溶劑溶解性與溶劑再溶解性獲提升、與其他成分的相溶性佳、著色層的細線圖案直線性獲提升、能輕易抑制微小孔的顫抖情形。本發明中,分散劑的胺值尤其胺值較佳係80mgKOH/g以上、更佳係90mgKOH/g以上。另一方面,就從溶劑再溶解性的觀點而言,分散劑的胺值較佳係110mgKOH/g以下、更佳係105mgKOH/g以下。 When the amine value is within the above range, the viscosity with time stability and heat resistance are excellent, and the alkali developability and solvent resolubility are also excellent. If the amine value of the dispersant is higher, the dispersibility and dispersion stability will be improved, and the solvent solubility and solvent re-solubility will be improved, the compatibility with other components will be better, the linearity of the fine line pattern of the colored layer will be improved, and the Easily suppress the trembling of tiny holes. In the present invention, the amine value of the dispersant is particularly preferably 80 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 90 mgKOH/g or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, the amine value of the dispersant is preferably 110 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 105 mgKOH/g or less.

胺值係指與中和試料1g中所含胺成分時所需要過氯酸的當量氫氧化鉀mg數,可利用JIS-K7237所定義的方法測定。當利用該方法測定時,即便與分散劑中的有機酸化合物形成鹽之胺基,但通常因為該有機酸化合物會解離,因而可測定當作分散劑使用的嵌段共聚合體本身之胺值。 The amine value refers to the mg perchloric acid equivalent of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the amine component contained in 1 g of the sample, and can be measured by the method defined in JIS-K7237. When measured by this method, even if it forms a salt with the amine group of the organic acid compound in the dispersant, the organic acid compound is usually dissociated, so the amine value of the block copolymer itself used as the dispersant can be measured.

本發明所使用分散劑的酸值,從顯影殘渣抑制效果的觀點而言,下限較佳係1mgKOH/g以上。其中,從顯影殘渣抑制效果更優異的觀點而言,分散劑的酸值更佳係2mgKOH/g以上。又,本發明所使用分散劑的酸值,從可防止顯影密接性惡化與溶劑再溶解性惡化、提升著色層細線圖案的直線性、輕易抑制微小孔顫抖情形的觀點而言,分散劑的酸值上限較佳係18mgKOH/g以下。其中,從顯影密接性及溶劑再溶解性佳的觀點而言,分散劑的酸值更佳係 16mgKOH/g以下、特佳係14mgKOH/g以下。 The lower limit of the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is preferably 1 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint of the development residue suppression effect. Among them, the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 2 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint that the effect of suppressing the development residue is more excellent. In addition, the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention can prevent deterioration of development adhesion and deterioration of solvent resolubility, improve the linearity of the fine line pattern of the colored layer, and easily suppress the chattering of micropores. The upper limit of the value is preferably 18 mgKOH/g or less. Among them, the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 16 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 14 mgKOH/g or less, from the viewpoint of good development adhesion and solvent resolubility.

本發明所使用分散劑,在鹽形成前的嵌段共聚合體酸值較佳係1mgKOH/g以上、更佳係2mgKOH/g以上。理由係可提升顯影殘渣抑制效果。又,鹽形成前的嵌段共聚合體酸值上限較佳係18mgKOH/g以下、更佳係16mgKOH/g以下、特佳係14mgKOH/g以下。理由係顯影密接性及溶劑再溶解性佳。 The dispersant used in the present invention preferably has an acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is 1 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 2 mgKOH/g or more. The reason is that the effect of suppressing development residue can be improved. In addition, the upper limit of the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 18 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 16 mgKOH/g or less, and particularly preferably 14 mgKOH/g or less. The reason is that the developing adhesion and solvent re-solubility are good.

再者,本發明中,分散劑的玻璃轉移溫度,從提升顯影密接性的觀點而言,較佳係30℃以上。即,不管分散劑係鹽形成前的嵌段共聚合體、或鹽型嵌段共聚合體,玻璃轉移溫度均較佳係30℃以上。若分散劑的玻璃轉移溫度偏低,特別係接近顯影液溫度(通常23℃左右),會有顯影密接性降低的可能性。理由係若該玻璃轉移溫度靠近顯影液溫度,則顯影時的分散劑運動變大,結果推定將造成顯影密接性惡化。藉由玻璃轉移溫度達30℃以上,便會抑制顯影時的分散劑分子運動,故推定將抑制顯影密接性降低。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 30°C or higher from the viewpoint of improving development adhesion. That is, regardless of the block copolymer before the formation of the dispersant-based salt or the salt-type block copolymer, the glass transition temperature is preferably 30°C or higher. If the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is low, especially close to the temperature of the developer (usually around 23°C), there is a possibility that the development adhesiveness may decrease. The reason is that if the glass transition temperature is close to the temperature of the developer, the movement of the dispersant during development becomes larger, and as a result, it is estimated that the development adhesion will deteriorate. When the glass transition temperature reaches 30°C or higher, the movement of the dispersant molecules during development is suppressed, so it is presumed that the deterioration of the development adhesion will be suppressed.

分散劑的玻璃轉移溫度,從顯影密接性的觀點而言,尤其較佳係32℃以上、更佳係35℃以上。另一方面,從精秤容易等使用時的操作性觀點而言,較佳係200℃以下。 The glass transition temperature of the dispersant is particularly preferably 32°C or higher, and more preferably 35°C or higher, from the viewpoint of development adhesion. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of operability during use such as ease of precision weighing, it is preferably 200°C or lower.

本發明分散劑的玻璃轉移溫度,係根據JIS K 7121,利用微分掃描熱量測定(DSC)測定便可求得。 The glass transition temperature of the dispersant of the present invention can be determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) in accordance with JIS K 7121.

再者,嵌段部及嵌段共聚合體的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)係可依下式計算:1/Tg=Σ(Xi/Tgi) Furthermore, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block part and the block copolymer can be calculated according to the following formula: 1/Tg=Σ(Xi/Tgi)

其中,嵌段部係設為由i=1至n的n個單體成分進行共聚合。Xi係第i號單體的重量分率(ΣXi=1),Tgi係第i號單體的單聚物之 玻璃轉移溫度(絶對溫度)。但,Σ係設為i=1至n的和計。另外,各單體的單聚物玻璃轉移溫度值(Tgi)係可採用Polymer Handbook(3rd Edition)(J.Brandrup,E.H.Immergut著(Wiley-Interscience、1989))的值。 Here, the block part is set to be copolymerized from n monomer components of i=1 to n. Xi is the weight fraction of monomer i (ΣXi=1), and Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the monomer of monomer i. However, the Σ system is set as the sum of i=1 to n. In addition, the monomer glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of each monomer can be the value of the Polymer Handbook (3 rd Edition) (by J. Brandrup, EHImmergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)).

若提高顏色材料濃度、增加分散劑含有量,則黏結劑量相對性減少,因而著色樹脂層在顯影時較容易從底層基板剝離。藉由分散劑含有由含羧基單體所衍生構成單元的B嵌段,且具有上述特定酸值及玻璃轉移溫度,便可提升顯影密接性。若酸值過高,則雖顯影性優異,但反造成極性過高,推定在顯影時容易發生剝離。 If the concentration of the color material is increased and the content of the dispersant is increased, the amount of bonding agent is relatively reduced, and therefore the colored resin layer is easier to peel off from the base substrate during development. When the dispersant contains the B block of the unit derived from the carboxyl group-containing monomer, and has the above-mentioned specific acid value and glass transition temperature, the development adhesion can be improved. If the acid value is too high, the developability is excellent, but the polarity is conversely too high, and it is estimated that peeling is likely to occur during development.

由以上得知,本發明的上述分散劑,從顏色材料分散安定優異、提升對比,形成含有上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物的著色樹脂組成物時,能抑制顯影殘渣生成、溶劑再溶解性優異、更具有高顯影密接性的觀點而言,以及容易形成形狀優異微小孔、輕易抑制微小孔顫抖、顯影殘渣的觀點而言,較佳係含有上述一般式(I)所示構造、且胺值為40mgKOH/g以上且120mgKOH/g以下的聚合體,且酸值1mgKOH/g以上且18mgKOH/g以下、玻璃轉移溫度達30℃以上。 From the above, the dispersant of the present invention has excellent dispersion stability of color materials and improved contrast. When forming a coloring resin composition containing the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), the dispersant of the present invention can inhibit the generation of development residues and the resolving of solvents. From the viewpoints of excellent solubility and higher developing adhesion, and from the viewpoints of easy formation of fine pores with excellent shape, easy suppression of tremor of fine pores, and development residues, it is preferable to contain the structure represented by the above general formula (I), A polymer with an amine value of 40 mgKOH/g or more and 120 mgKOH/g or less, an acid value of 1 mgKOH/g or more and 18 mgKOH/g or less, and a glass transition temperature of 30°C or more.

上述含羧基單體係可使用能與具一般式(I)所示構成單元的單體進行共聚合,且含有不飽和雙鍵與羧基的單體。此種單體係可舉例如:(甲基)丙烯酸、苯甲酸乙烯酯、順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸單烷基酯、反丁烯二酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、肉桂酸、丙烯酸二聚體等。又,亦可利用例如:(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯等具羥基的單體、與例如順丁烯二酸酐、酞酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐等環狀去水物的加成反應物;或ω-羧-聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。又,亦可 使用羧基先質的順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸酐、檸康酸酐等含酸酐基的單體。其中,從共聚合性、成本、溶解性、玻璃轉移溫度等觀點而言,更佳係(甲基)丙烯酸。 The above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing single system can use a monomer that can be copolymerized with a monomer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and contains an unsaturated double bond and a carboxyl group. Examples of such a single system include: (meth)acrylic acid, vinyl benzoate, maleic acid, monoalkyl maleate, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamon Acid, acrylic acid dimer, etc. In addition, it is also possible to use, for example: (meth)acrylic acid-2-hydroxyethyl and other monomers with hydroxyl groups, and the addition of cyclic dehydrates such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, and cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride. Into a reactant; or ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate, etc. In addition, monomers containing acid anhydride groups such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, which are precursors of carboxyl groups, may also be used. Among them, from the viewpoints of copolymerization, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, etc., (meth)acrylic acid is more preferable.

鹽形成前的嵌段共聚合體中,由含羧基單體所衍生構成單元含有比例,係只要依嵌段共聚合體的酸值成為上述特定酸值範圍內的方式適當設定便可,並無特別的限定,相對於嵌段共聚合體的總構成單元合計質量,較佳係0.05質量%~4.5質量%、更佳係0.07質量%~3.7質量%。 In the block copolymer before salt formation, the ratio of the constituent units derived from the carboxyl group-containing monomer can be appropriately set as long as the acid value of the block copolymer falls within the above-mentioned specific acid value range. It is limited, with respect to the total mass of the total constituent units of the block copolymer, it is preferably 0.05% by mass to 4.5% by mass, and more preferably 0.07% by mass to 3.7% by mass.

藉由從含羧基單體所衍生構成單元的含有比例在上述下限值以上,便可顯現顯影殘渣抑制效果,且藉由在上述上限值以下,便可防止顯影密接性惡化、溶劑再溶解性惡化。 When the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxyl group-containing monomer is above the above lower limit, the development residue suppression effect can be exhibited, and when the content is below the above upper limit, it is possible to prevent deterioration of development adhesion and solvent re-dissolution Sexual deterioration.

另外,由含羧基單體所衍生構成單元只要能成為上述特定酸值便可,可由單1種構成、亦可含有2種以上的構成單元。 In addition, the structural unit derived from the carboxyl group-containing monomer may have the above-mentioned specific acid value, and may be composed of a single type, or may contain two or more types of structural units.

再者,從將本發明所使用分散劑的玻璃轉移溫度設為特定值以上以及提升顯影密接性的觀點而言,單體單聚物的玻璃轉移溫度值(Tgi)達10℃以上的單體,合計在B嵌段中較佳係達75質量%以上、更佳係達85質量%以上。 In addition, from the viewpoint of setting the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention to a specific value or higher and improving the development adhesion, the monomer monomer has a glass transition temperature (Tgi) of 10°C or higher. , The total content in the B block is preferably 75% by mass or more, more preferably 85% by mass or more.

上述嵌段共聚合體中,上述A嵌段構成單元的單元數m、與上述B嵌段構成單元的單元數n之比率m/n,從顏色材料分散性、分散安定性的觀點而言,較佳係在0.05~1.5範圍內、更佳係在0.1~1.0範圍內。 In the above-mentioned block copolymer, the ratio m/n of the unit number m of the A block constituent unit and the unit number n of the B block constituent unit is relatively higher from the viewpoint of color material dispersibility and dispersion stability. The best system is in the range of 0.05 to 1.5, and the better system is in the range of 0.1 to 1.0.

上述嵌段共聚合體的重量平均分子量Mw並無特別的限定,從顏色材料分散性與分散安定性良好的觀點而言,較佳係1000~20000、更佳係2000~15000、特佳係3000~12000。 The weight average molecular weight Mw of the above-mentioned block copolymer is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of good color material dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferably 1,000 to 20,000, more preferably 2,000 to 15,000, and particularly preferably 3,000 to 12000.

此處,重量平均分子量(Mw)係利用凝膠滲透色層分析儀(GPC),依標準聚苯乙烯換算值求得。另外,相關成為嵌段共聚合體原料的巨單體、鹽型嵌段共聚合體、接枝共聚合體,亦是上述條件實施。 Here, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is obtained by using a gel permeation chromatography analyzer (GPC) based on a standard polystyrene conversion value. In addition, the macromonomers, salt-type block copolymers, and graft copolymers used as raw materials for block copolymers are also implemented under the above-mentioned conditions.

具有由此種具三級胺重複單元所構成嵌段部、與具溶劑親和性的嵌段部之嵌段共聚合體具體例,較佳係可例如日本專利第4911253號公報所記載嵌段共聚合體。 A specific example of a block copolymer having a block portion composed of such a tertiary amine repeating unit and a block portion having solvent affinity is preferably a block copolymer described in Japanese Patent No. 4911253 .

將含有上述具三級胺重複單元的聚合體使用為分散劑,當分散上述顏色材料時,相對於顏色材料100質量份,含有該具三級胺重複單元的聚合體含有量較佳係15質量份~300質量份、更佳係20質量份~250質量份。若在上述範圍內,則分散性與分散安定性均優異、提升對比的效果高。 The polymer containing the tertiary amine repeating unit is used as a dispersant. When dispersing the color material, the content of the polymer containing the tertiary amine repeating unit is preferably 15 mass parts relative to 100 parts by mass of the color material. Parts ~ 300 parts by mass, more preferably 20 parts by mass to 250 parts by mass. If it is in the above range, both dispersibility and dispersion stability are excellent, and the effect of improving contrast is high.

本發明中,從顏色材料分散性、分散安定性的觀點而言,亦最好將由含上述具三級胺重複單元的聚合體至少其中一部分胺基、與有機酸化合物或鹵化烴形成鹽者,使用為分散劑(以下,將此種聚合體稱為「鹽型聚合體」)。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of color material dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is also preferable to form a salt from the polymer containing the above-mentioned tertiary amine repeating unit at least part of the amine groups with an organic acid compound or halogenated hydrocarbon, Used as a dispersant (hereinafter, this type of polymer is referred to as "salt type polymer").

其中,從顏色材料分散性與分散安定性均優異的觀點而言,較佳係含有具三級胺重複單元的聚合體係嵌段共聚合體,且上述有機酸化合物係苯基膦酸、苯基次膦酸等酸性有機磷化合物。此種分散劑所使用的有機酸化合物具體例,可舉例如日本專利特開2012-236882號公報等所記載的有機酸化合物。 Among them, from the viewpoint of excellent color material dispersibility and dispersion stability, it is preferable to contain a polymer system block copolymer having tertiary amine repeating units, and the above-mentioned organic acid compounds are phenylphosphonic acid and phenylphosphine. Acidic organic phosphorus compounds such as phosphonic acid. Specific examples of the organic acid compound used in such a dispersant include, for example, the organic acid compound described in JP 2012-236882 A and the like.

再者,上述鹵化烴,從顏色材料分散性與分散安定性優異的觀點而言,較佳係溴化烯丙基(allyl bromide)、氯甲苯等鹵化烯丙基及鹵化芳烷基中之至少1種。 Furthermore, the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably at least one of halogenated allyl groups such as allyl bromide and chlorotoluene and halogenated aralkyl groups from the viewpoint of excellent color material dispersibility and dispersion stability. 1 kind.

使用分散劑時,含有量係在能均勻分散顏色材料的前提下,其餘並無特別的限定,例如相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,可使用1質量%~40質量%。又,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,較佳係依2質量%~30質量%摻合、更佳係依3質量%~25質量%的比例摻合。若達上述下限值以上,則顏色材料的分散性與分散安定性優異、彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的保存安定性更佳。又,若在上述上限值以下,則顯影性呈良好。特別係當形成顏色材料濃度較高的著色層時,分散劑含有量相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,較佳係依2質量%~25質量%、更佳係3質量%~20質量%的比例摻合。 When using a dispersant, the content is on the premise that the color material can be dispersed uniformly, and the rest is not particularly limited. For example, 1% by mass can be used relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters ~40% by mass. In addition, with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, it is preferably blended at a ratio of 2% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably blended at a ratio of 3% by mass to 25% by mass. . If it exceeds the above lower limit, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material are excellent, and the storage stability of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters is better. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable. Especially when forming a coloring layer with a high color material concentration, the dispersant content relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters is preferably 2% to 25% by mass, and more The best system is blended at a ratio of 3% by mass to 20% by mass.

[抗氧化劑] [Antioxidants]

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,亦可更進一步含有抗氧化劑。本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物係藉由與上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物組合而含有抗氧化劑,便可提升耐熱性,並可抑制曝光及後烘烤後的輝度降低,故能提升輝度,又,當硬化膜形成微小孔時將不致損及硬化性,可控制微小孔內過度的自由基連鎖反應,所以能更輕易地形成所需形狀的微小孔。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention may further contain an antioxidant. The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention is combined with the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) and contains antioxidants, thereby improving heat resistance and suppressing exposure and post-baking. The brightness of the film is reduced, so it can increase the brightness. In addition, when the cured film is formed with tiny holes, it will not damage the hardenability. It can control the excessive chain reaction of free radicals in the tiny holes, so it can more easily form the required shape of the tiny holes.

本發明所使用的抗氧化劑並無特別的限定,可從習知公知者中適當選擇。抗氧化劑的具體例係可舉例如:受阻酚系抗氧化劑、胺系抗氧化劑、磷系抗氧化劑、硫系抗氧化劑、肼系抗氧化劑等,就從耐熱性的觀點及微小孔形狀良好的觀點而言,較佳係使用受阻酚系抗氧化劑。 The antioxidant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples of antioxidants include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, hydrazine-based antioxidants, etc., from the viewpoint of heat resistance and good micropore shapes In general, it is preferable to use hindered phenol-based antioxidants.

所謂「受阻酚系抗氧化劑」係指含有至少1個酚構造,且具有該酚構造的羥基2位與6位中至少1者,被碳原子數4以上的取代基所取代構造的抗氧化劑。 The "hindered phenol-based antioxidant" refers to an antioxidant having at least one phenol structure, and having at least one of the 2-position and 6-position of the hydroxyl group of the phenol structure substituted with a substituent having 4 or more carbon atoms.

受阻酚系抗氧化劑的具體例,係可舉例如:二丁基羥甲苯(BHT)、新戊四醇四[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苯基)丙酸酯](商品名:IRGANOX 1010、BASF製)、1,3,5-三(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苄基)異三聚氰酸酯(商品名:IRGANOX 3114、BASF製)、2,4,6-三(4-羥-3,5-二第三丁基苄基)均三甲苯(商品名:IRGANOX 1330、BASF製)、6-(4-羥-3,5-二第三丁基苯胺基)-2,4-雙(辛硫基)-1,3,5-三

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0055-90
(商品名:IRGANOX 565、BASF製)、2,2'-硫代二乙基雙[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苯基)丙酸酯](商品名:IRGANOX 1035、BASF製)、1,2-雙[3-(4-羥-3,5-二第三丁基苯基)丙醯基]肼(商品名:IRGANOX MD1024、BASF製)、3-(4-羥-3,5-二異丙基苯基)丙酸辛酯(商品名:IRGANOX 1135、BASF製)、4,6-雙(辛硫基甲基)-鄰甲酚(商品名:IRGANOX 1520L、BASF製)、N,N'-六亞甲基雙[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苯基)丙醯胺](商品名:IRGANOX 1098、BASF製)、1,6-己二醇雙[3-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苯基)丙酸酯](商品名:IRGANOX 259、BASF製)、1-二甲基-2-[(3-第三丁基-4-羥-5-甲基苯基)丙醯氧基]乙基]2,4,8,10-四
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0055-91
螺[5.5]十一烷(商品名:ADK STABA0-80、ADEKA製)、雙(3-第三丁基-4-羥-5-甲基苯丙酸)乙烯雙(氧乙烯)(商品名:IRGANOX 245、BASF製)、1,3,5-三[[4-(1,1-二甲基乙基)-3-羥-2,6-二甲基苯基]甲基]-1,3,5-三
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0055-92
-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮(商品名:IRGANOX 1790、BASF製)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(6-第三丁基-4-甲基酚)(商品名:SUMIRAIZA MDP-S、住友化學製)、6,6'-硫代雙(2-第 三丁基-4-甲基酚)(商品名:IRGANOX 1081、BASF製)、3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥苄基膦酸二乙酯(商品名:IRGAMOD 195、BASF製)、丙烯酸-2-第三丁基-4-甲基-6-(2-羥-3-第三丁基-5-甲基苄基)苯酯(商品名:SUMIRAIZA GM、住友化學製)、4,4'-硫代雙(6-第三丁基-間甲酚)(商品名:SUMIRAIZA WX-R、住友化學製)、6,6'-二第三丁基-4,4'-亞丁基二間甲酚(商品名:ADEKA STAB AO-40、ADEKA製)等。其他尚可使用具受阻酚構造的寡聚式及聚合物式化合物等。 Specific examples of hindered phenol-based antioxidants include, for example, dibutylhydroxytoluene (BHT), neopentylerythritol tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid Esters] (trade name: IRGANOX 1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: IRGANOX 3114, BASF product), 2,4,6-tris(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl) mesitylene (trade name: IRGANOX 1330, BASF product), 6-(4-hydroxy-3 ,5-Di-tert-butylanilino)-2,4-bis(octylthio)-1,3,5-tri
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0055-90
(Trade name: IRGANOX 565, manufactured by BASF), 2,2'-thiodiethyl bis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX 1035, manufactured by BASF), 1,2-bis[3-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)propanyl]hydrazine (trade name: IRGANOX MD1024, manufactured by BASF), 3- (4-hydroxy-3,5-diisopropylphenyl) octyl propionate (trade name: IRGANOX 1135, manufactured by BASF), 4,6-bis(octylthiomethyl)-o-cresol (trade name: IRGANOX 1520L, manufactured by BASF), N,N'-hexamethylenebis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanamide] (trade name: IRGANOX 1098, manufactured by BASF ), 1,6-hexanediol bis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX 259, manufactured by BASF), 1-dimethyl -2-[(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propionyloxy]ethyl]2,4,8,10-tetra
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0055-91
Spiro[5.5]undecane (trade name: ADK STABA0-80, manufactured by ADEKA), bis(3-tertiarybutyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenylpropionic acid) ethylene bis(oxyethylene) (trade name : IRGANOX 245, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris[[4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl]methyl]-1 ,3,5-three
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0055-92
-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione (trade name: IRGANOX 1790, manufactured by BASF), 2,2'-methylenebis(6-tertiarybutyl-4-methylphenol) (Trade name: SUMIRAIZA MDP-S, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical), 6,6'-thiobis(2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: IRGANOX 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5 -Diethyl di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylphosphonate (trade name: IRGAMOD 195, manufactured by BASF), acrylic acid-2-tert-butyl-4-methyl-6-(2-hydroxy-3 -Tertiary butyl-5-methylbenzyl) phenyl ester (trade name: SUMIRAIZA GM, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical), 4,4'-thiobis(6-tertiarybutyl-m-cresol) (trade name : SUMIRAIZA WX-R, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical), 6,6'-di-tertiarybutyl-4,4'-butylene xylenol (trade name: ADEKA STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA), etc. Other oligomeric and polymer compounds that can be used with hindered phenol structures.

再者,本發明中,抗氧化劑亦可使用潛在性抗氧化劑。本發明所謂「潛在性抗氧化劑」係具有利用加熱便會脫離的保護基之化合物,藉由該保護基的脫離,而顯現出抗氧化機能的化合物。其中,最好係藉由依150℃以上加熱,保護基便會輕易脫離者。潛在性抗氧化劑因為在曝光時並未具抗氧化機能,因而由光起始劑生成的自由基並未去活化,便可輕易的抑制感度降低、抑制線寬變細及提升殘膜率。另一方面,在曝光後所施行的加熱步驟中,因為上述保護基會脫離而顯現出抗氧化效果,因而可能抑制顏色材料等出現退色,能獲得高輝度著色層。 Furthermore, in the present invention, latent antioxidants can also be used as antioxidants. The so-called "potential antioxidant" in the present invention is a compound having a protective group that can be removed by heating, and a compound that exhibits an antioxidant function by the removal of the protective group. Among them, it is best to heat the protective group at a temperature of 150°C or higher so that the protective group will be easily removed. Since the latent antioxidant does not have the antioxidant function during exposure, the free radicals generated by the photoinitiator are not deactivated, which can easily suppress the decrease in sensitivity, suppress the thinning of the line width and increase the residual film rate. On the other hand, in the heating step performed after exposure, since the protective group is released and exhibits an anti-oxidation effect, it is possible to suppress the fading of color materials and the like, and to obtain a high-brightness colored layer.

本發明中較佳使用的潛在性抗氧化劑,從耐熱性的觀點及微小孔形狀呈良好的觀點而言,可例如受阻酚系抗氧化劑的酚性羥基,被利用加熱便可脫離的保護基所保護之潛在性受阻酚系抗氧化劑,具體例係可舉例如下述化學式(a)~(c)等,惟並不侷限於該等。 The latent antioxidant preferably used in the present invention, from the standpoint of heat resistance and good micropore shape, can be, for example, the phenolic hydroxyl group of the hindered phenol antioxidant, which can be replaced by a protective group that can be released by heating. The potential hindered phenol-based antioxidants to be protected, specific examples include the following chemical formulas (a) to (c), etc., but are not limited to these.

[化11]化學式(a)

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0057-15
[Chemical formula 11] Chemical formula (a)
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0057-15

上述潛在性抗氧化劑的製造方法並無特別的限定,例如使利用日本專利特開昭57-111375、特開平3-173843、特開平6-128195、特開平7-206771、特開平7-252191、特表2004-501128各公報所記載方法製造的酚系化合物,與諸如酸酐、酸氯化物、Boc化試劑、鹵烷化合物、氯矽烷化合物、烯丙醚化合物等進行反應便可獲得。又,亦可使用市售物。 The method for producing the above-mentioned potential antioxidant is not particularly limited. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 57-111375, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Hei 3-173343, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Hei 6-128195, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Hei 7-206771, JP Hei 7-252191, The phenolic compounds produced by the methods described in the JP 2004-501128 publications can be obtained by reacting with acids such as acid anhydrides, acid chlorides, Boc reagents, haloalkane compounds, chlorosilane compounds, and allyl ether compounds. In addition, commercially available products can also be used.

上述利用加熱便會脫離的保護基係可舉例如:酸酐、酸氯化 物、Boc化試劑、鹵烷化合物、氯矽烷化合物、或烯丙醚化合物的反應殘基,典型係可例如第三丁氧羰基。 The protective groups that can be removed by heating include, for example, acid anhydrides, acid chlorides, Boc reagents, haloalkane compounds, chlorosilane compounds, or allyl ether compound reaction residues. Typical systems can be, for example, tertiary butoxy Carbonyl.

使用抗氧化劑時的含有量並無特別的限定,例如相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,可使用0.1質量%~20質量%。又,從充分發揮與上述光起始劑併用效果的觀點而言,相對於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份總量,較佳係摻合0.2質量%~10質量%、更佳係0.3質量%~5質量%的比例。 The content when the antioxidant is used is not particularly limited. For example, it can be 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. In addition, from the viewpoint of fully exerting the effect of using the photoinitiator together, it is preferable to blend 0.2% by mass to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters. More preferably, the ratio is 0.3% to 5% by mass.

再者,當本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物更進一步含有抗氧化劑時,從充分發揮與上述光起始劑併用效果的觀點而言,相對於上述本發明所使用光起始劑合計100質量份,較佳係10質量份以上、更佳係20質量份以上、特佳係30質量份以上。 Furthermore, when the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains an antioxidant, it is more effective than the light used in the present invention from the viewpoint of fully exhibiting the effect of the combination with the photoinitiator. The total amount of the starting agent is 100 parts by mass, preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more.

另一方面,從維持適當感度的觀點而言,相對於上述本發明所使用光起始劑合計100質量份,較佳係300質量份以下、更佳係200質量份以下。 On the other hand, from the viewpoint of maintaining appropriate sensitivity, it is preferably 300 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 200 parts by mass or less with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the photoinitiator used in the present invention.

[任意添加成分] [Optionally add ingredients]

在彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物中,視需要亦可含有各種添加劑。添加劑係可舉例如:聚合終止劑、鏈轉移劑、均塗劑、可塑劑、界面活性劑、消泡劑、矽烷偶合劑、紫外線吸收劑、密接促進劑等等。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters may contain various additives as needed. Examples of additives include polymerization terminator, chain transfer agent, leveling agent, plasticizer, surfactant, defoamer, silane coupling agent, ultraviolet absorber, adhesion promoter, and the like.

界面活性劑及可塑劑的具體例,係可舉例如日本專利特開2013-029832號公報所記載物。 Specific examples of surfactants and plasticizers include those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-029832.

本發明所使用顏色材料的質量(P)、與該顏色材料以外的固形份質量(V)之比(以下亦稱「P/V比」),當形成彩色濾光片的著色層時,只要能成為所需發色便可,其餘並無特別的限定,較佳係0.05以上且1.00以下範圍內、更佳係0.10以上且0.80以下範圍內、特佳係0.15以上且0.75以下範圍內、最佳係0.20以上且0.70以下範圍內。藉由該P/V比在上述範圍內,便可成為能形成發出所需發色著色層的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,且在上述彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物中能呈均勻分散。 The ratio of the mass (P) of the color material used in the present invention to the mass (V) of the solid content other than the color material (hereinafter also referred to as "P/V ratio"), when forming the coloring layer of the color filter, only It can be the desired color, and the rest is not particularly limited. It is preferably within the range of 0.05 or more and 1.00 or less, more preferably within the range of 0.10 or more and 0.80 or less, particularly preferably within the range of 0.15 or more and 0.75 or less, and the most Preferably, it is in the range of 0.20 or more and 0.70 or less. When the P/V ratio is in the above range, a photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters that can form a coloring layer that emits the desired color can be obtained, and the above-mentioned photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters The substance can be uniformly dispersed.

成為紅色著色樹脂組成物時,從所需發色的觀點而言,P/V比較佳係0.50以上、更佳係0.60以上、特佳係0.74以上。又,較佳係1.0以下。 In the case of a red colored resin composition, from the viewpoint of desired color development, the P/V ratio is preferably 0.50 or more, more preferably 0.60 or more, and particularly preferably 0.74 or more. Moreover, it is preferably 1.0 or less.

成為綠色著色樹脂組成物時,從所需發色的觀點而言,P/V比較佳係0.46以上、更佳係0.56以上、特佳係0.68以上。又,較佳係1.0以下。 In the case of a green colored resin composition, from the viewpoint of desired color development, the P/V ratio is preferably 0.46 or more, more preferably 0.56 or more, and particularly preferably 0.68 or more. Moreover, it is preferably 1.0 or less.

成為藍色著色樹脂組成物時,從所需發色的觀點而言,P/V比較佳係0.24以上、更佳係0.34以上、特佳係0.41以上。又,較佳係1.0以下。若分別達上述下限值以上,便可提高彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的顏色濃度,能使彩色濾光片像素呈更高演色、更低膜厚。又,若分別在上限值以下,則保存安定性優異,且能獲得具充分硬度以及與基板具密接性的著色層。 In the case of a blue colored resin composition, from the viewpoint of desired color development, the P/V ratio is preferably 0.24 or more, more preferably 0.34 or more, and particularly preferably 0.41 or more. Moreover, it is preferably 1.0 or less. If the respective values exceed the above lower limit values, the color density of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters can be increased, and the color filter pixels can have higher color rendering and lower film thickness. Moreover, if each is below the upper limit value, the storage stability is excellent, and a colored layer having sufficient hardness and adhesion to the substrate can be obtained.

<彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物之製造方法> <Manufacturing Method of Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition for Color Filter>

本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物之製造方法,係含有:顏色材料、鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑、溶 劑(較佳係分散劑)、抗氧化劑以及視所需使用的各種添加成分,從提升對比的觀點而言,較佳係利用分散劑使顏色材料均勻分散於溶劑中的方法,藉由使用公知混合手段進行混合便可製備。 The method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains: a color material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, a solvent (preferably a dispersant), an antioxidant, and Depending on the various additional components to be used, from the viewpoint of enhancing contrast, it is preferable to use a method of uniformly dispersing the color material in a solvent using a dispersant, and it can be prepared by mixing using a known mixing means.

該樹脂組成物的製備方法係可舉例如:(1)首先在溶劑中添加顏色材料與分散劑,而製備顏色材料分散液,再於該分散液中混合入鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑以及視所需使用的各種添加成分之方法;(2)在溶劑中,同時丟入顏色材料、分散劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑以及視所需使用的各種添加成分,並混合的方法;(3)在溶劑中,添加:分散劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑以及視所需使用的各種添加成分,經混合後,添加顏色材料並分散的方法;(4)在溶劑中,添加顏色材料、分散劑及鹼可溶性樹脂,而製備得顏色材料分散液,再於該分散液中更進一步添加鹼可溶性樹脂、溶劑、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑以及視所需使用的各種添加成分,並混合的方法等。 The preparation method of the resin composition may include, for example: (1) First, a color material and a dispersant are added to a solvent to prepare a color material dispersion, and then an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, The photoinitiator and the method of adding various ingredients as required; (2) In the solvent, simultaneously throw in the color material, dispersant, alkali-soluble resin, photopolymerizable compound, photoinitiator and use as required (3) In the solvent, add: dispersant, alkali-soluble resin, photopolymerizable compound, photoinitiator, and various additives as needed. After mixing, add Method of dispersing color materials; (4) Add color materials, dispersants and alkali-soluble resins in a solvent to prepare a color material dispersion, and then further add alkali-soluble resins, solvents, and photopolymerization to the dispersion. Sexual compounds, photoinitiators, and various additional ingredients as needed, and mixing methods, etc.

該等方法中,從有效防止顏色材料凝聚、能均勻分散的觀點而言,較佳係上述(1)與(4)的方法。 Among these methods, the above-mentioned methods (1) and (4) are preferred from the viewpoint of effectively preventing the color material from agglomerating and being able to be uniformly dispersed.

製備顏色材料分散液的方法係可從習知公知的分散方法中適當選擇使用。例如:(1)預先將分散劑混合於溶劑中並攪拌而製備得分散劑溶液,接著視需要混合有機酸化合物,使分散劑所具有的胺基與有機酸化合物形成鹽,再將其與顏色材料及視需要的其他成分混合,使用公知攪拌機或分散機施行分散的方法;(2)將分散劑混合於溶劑並攪拌而製備得分散劑溶液,接著將顏色材料、視需要的有機酸化合物以及視需要的其他成分混合,使用公知攪拌機或分散機進行分散的方法;(3)將分散劑混合於溶劑中並攪拌而製備 得分散劑溶液,接著將顏色材料及視需要的其他成分混合,使用公知攪拌機或分散機形成分散液後,視需要添加有機酸化合物的方法等。 The method of preparing the color material dispersion liquid can be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known dispersion methods. For example: (1) The dispersant is mixed in the solvent and stirred in advance to prepare a dispersant solution, and then the organic acid compound is mixed as necessary to make the amine group of the dispersant and the organic acid compound form a salt, and then it is combined with the color material And other ingredients as needed, using a known mixer or dispersing machine to perform the dispersion method; (2) The dispersant is mixed in the solvent and stirred to prepare a dispersant solution, and then the color materials, organic acid compounds as required and as required (3) Mix the dispersant in a solvent and stir to prepare a dispersant solution, and then mix the color materials and other components as necessary, using a known mixer or After the dispersion machine forms a dispersion, a method of adding an organic acid compound if necessary, etc.

供執行分散處理用的分散機係可舉例如:雙輥機、三輥機等輥碎機;球磨機、振動球磨機等球磨機;塗料調節器、連續圓盤式型珠磨機、連續環狀式珠磨機等珠磨機。珠磨機的較佳分散條件係所使用球珠徑較佳係0.03mm~2.00mm、更佳係0.10mm~1.0mm。 The dispersing machine system used to perform the dispersion treatment can include, for example: roller crushers such as two-roll mills and three-roll mills; ball mills, vibrating ball mills, etc.; paint regulators, continuous disc type bead mills, continuous ring-shaped beads Bead mills such as mills. The better dispersion conditions of the bead mill are that the diameter of the balls used is preferably 0.03mm~2.00mm, more preferably 0.10mm~1.0mm.

II.彩色濾光片 II. Color filter

本發明的彩色濾光片係至少具備基板以及在該基板上所設置著色層的彩色濾光片,其中,該著色層之至少1者係由上述本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物之硬化物所構成的著色層。 The color filter of the present invention is a color filter having at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is made of the above-mentioned photosensitive colored resin for a color filter of the present invention The colored layer formed by the hardened substance of the composition.

相關此種本發明的彩色濾光片,參照圖式進行說明。圖1所示係本發明之彩色濾光片一例的概略断面圖。根據圖1,本發明的彩色濾光片10係具備有基板1、遮光部2及著色層3。 The color filter of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Fig. 1 shows a schematic cross-sectional view of an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention includes a substrate 1, a light shielding portion 2, and a coloring layer 3.

(著色層) (Colored layer)

本發明之彩色濾光片所使用的著色層中之至少1者,係由上述本發明之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的硬化物所構成之著色層。 At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer composed of the cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition for the color filter of the present invention.

著色層通常係形成於後述基板上的遮光部之開口部,通常由3色以上的著色圖案構成。 The colored layer is usually formed in the opening of the light-shielding portion on the substrate described later, and is usually composed of a colored pattern of three or more colors.

再者,該著色層的排列並無特別的限定,可設為例如:帶狀式、 馬賽克式、三角式、四像素配置式等一般的排列。又,著色層的寬度、面積等係可任意設定。 In addition, the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and it can be, for example, a general arrangement such as a strip type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, and a four-pixel arrangement type. In addition, the width and area of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.

該著色層的厚度係藉由調整塗佈方法以及彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的固形份濃度與黏度等,便可適當控制,通常較佳係1μm~5μm範圍。 The thickness of the colored layer can be appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method and the solid content concentration and viscosity of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, and it is usually preferably in the range of 1 μm to 5 μm.

該著色層係例如利用下述方法便可形成。 This colored layer can be formed by the following method, for example.

首先,將前述本發明的彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,使用例如噴塗法、浸塗法、棒塗法、輥塗法、旋塗法、模具塗佈法等塗佈手段,塗佈於後述基板上而形成濕式塗膜。其中較佳係使用旋塗法、模具塗佈法。 First, the aforementioned photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention is applied using coating means such as spray coating, dip coating, bar coating, roll coating, spin coating, and die coating. It is spread on the substrate described later to form a wet coating film. Among them, it is preferable to use a spin coating method or a die coating method.

其次,使用加熱板、烤箱等,使該濕式塗膜乾燥後,再對其隔著既定圖案的遮罩施行曝光,使鹼可溶性樹脂及光聚合性化合物等進行光聚合反應而形成硬化塗膜。曝光時所使用的光源係可舉例如:低壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈等紫外線、電子束等。曝光量係依照所使用光源、塗膜厚度等再行適當調整。 Next, use a hot plate, oven, etc., to dry the wet coating film, and then expose it through a mask with a predetermined pattern, and photopolymerize the alkali-soluble resin and photopolymerizable compound to form a cured coating film. . Examples of the light source used in the exposure include low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and other ultraviolet light, electron beams, and the like. The amount of exposure is adjusted appropriately according to the light source used and the thickness of the coating film.

再者,經曝光後為促進聚合反應,亦可施行加熱處理。加熱條件係依照所使用彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物中的各成分摻合比例、塗膜厚度等再行適當選擇。 Furthermore, after exposure, to promote the polymerization reaction, heat treatment may also be performed. The heating conditions are appropriately selected according to the blending ratio of the respective components in the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.

其次,使用顯影液施行顯影處理,藉由將未曝光部分予以溶解、除去,便依所需圖案形成塗膜。顯影液通常係採用使鹼溶解於水或水溶性溶劑中的溶液。在該鹼溶液中亦可適量添加界面活性劑等。 Secondly, a developing solution is used to perform a development process, and by dissolving and removing the unexposed part, a coating film is formed according to the desired pattern. The developer is usually a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent. Surfactant etc. can also be added in an appropriate amount to this alkaline solution.

再者,顯影方法係可採用一般的方法。 Furthermore, a general method can be adopted for the development method.

經顯影處理後,通常施行顯影液洗淨以及彩色濾光片用感光性 著色樹脂組成物的硬化塗膜乾燥,而形成著色層。另外,經顯影處理後,為使塗膜充分硬化,亦可施行加熱處理。加熱條件並無特別的限定,可配合塗膜用途再行適當選擇。 After the development treatment, washing with a developer solution and drying of the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters are usually performed to form a colored layer. In addition, after the development treatment, in order to fully harden the coating film, heat treatment may be applied. The heating conditions are not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the application of the coating film.

再者,當本發明的彩色濾光片形成在陣列上彩色濾光膜(COA,Color Filter on Array)構造等之時,在施行上述顯影處理之際,亦可在上述著色層中形成微小孔。本發明因為使用上述彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,因而可輕易在著色層中形成所需的微小孔。上述微小孔的形狀係可配合用途再行適當選擇,並無特別的限定,本發明可形成例如10μm×10μm~30μm×30μm左右大小的微小孔。又,微小孔的形狀並無特別的限定,可例如圓形、橢圓形、多角形等。 Furthermore, when the color filter of the present invention is formed in a color filter on array (COA, Color Filter on Array) structure, etc., when the above-mentioned development process is performed, minute holes may be formed in the above-mentioned colored layer. . Since the present invention uses the above-mentioned photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, it is possible to easily form required minute holes in the colored layer. The shape of the above-mentioned micropores can be appropriately selected according to the application, and is not particularly limited. The present invention can form micropores with a size of about 10 μm×10 μm to 30 μm×30 μm, for example. In addition, the shape of the micropores is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, circular, elliptical, polygonal, or the like.

在著色層中形成微小孔的方法,可例如形成著色層時所使用的光罩,採用在能形成細線圖案的圖案光罩之開口圖案內,配置有供形成微小孔用微小遮罩的圖案光罩之方法。 The method of forming minute holes in the colored layer can be, for example, the mask used when forming the colored layer. A patterned light for forming a minute mask for forming minute holes is arranged in the opening pattern of a patterned mask capable of forming a fine line pattern. The method of hood.

(遮光部) (Shading part)

本發明之彩色濾光片的遮光部係在後述基板上形成圖案狀,可與一般彩色濾光片使用為遮光部者同樣。 The light-shielding portion of the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on the substrate described later, and can be used as the light-shielding portion of a general color filter.

該遮光部的圖案形狀並無特別的限定,可例如:條紋狀、矩陣狀等形狀。遮光部係可利用濺鍍法、真空蒸鍍法等形成鉻等的金屬薄膜。或者,遮光部亦可為使樹脂黏結劑中含有例如碳微粒子、金屬氧化物、無機顏料、有機顏料等遮光性粒子的樹脂層。當含有遮光性粒子的樹脂層時,便可採取例如:使用感光性光阻施行顯影而圖案化的方法、使用含遮光性粒子之噴墨油墨施行圖案化的方法、 將感光性光阻施行熱轉印的方法等。 The pattern shape of the light-shielding portion is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a stripe shape, a matrix shape, or the like. For the light-shielding part, a metal thin film such as chromium can be formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum vapor deposition method, or the like. Alternatively, the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer in which light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, for example, a method of developing and patterning using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, and a method of applying heat to the photosensitive resist Transfer method, etc.

遮光部的膜厚係當金屬薄膜的情況便設定為0.2μm~0.4μm左右,當使黑色顏料分散或溶解於黏結劑樹脂中的情況便設定為0.5μm~2μm左右。 The film thickness of the light-shielding part is set to about 0.2μm~0.4μm in the case of a metal thin film, and set to about 0.5μm~2μm when the black pigment is dispersed or dissolved in the binder resin.

(基板) (Substrate)

基板係使用例如:後述透明基板、矽基板及在透明基板或矽基板上形成鋁、銀、銀/銅/鈀合金薄膜等者。在該等基板上,亦可形成其他的彩色濾光片層、樹脂層、TFT等電晶體、電路等。 As the substrate, for example, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a thin film of aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy, etc. formed on the transparent substrate or the silicon substrate described later are used. On these substrates, other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, and circuits, etc. can also be formed.

本發明之彩色濾光片的透明基板係在對可見光呈透明的基材前提下,其餘並無特別的限定,可採用一般彩色濾光片所使用的透明基板。具體係可舉例如:石英玻璃、無鹼玻璃、合成石英板等無具可撓性的透明剛性材料;或透明樹脂膜、光學用樹脂板、可撓性玻璃等具可撓性的透明可撓性材。 The transparent substrate of the color filter of the present invention is based on a substrate that is transparent to visible light, and the rest is not particularly limited, and the transparent substrate used in general color filters can be used. Specific examples include: transparent rigid materials without flexibility, such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates; or transparent resin films, optical resin plates, flexible glass, and other transparent and flexible materials with flexibility. Sex material.

該透明基板的厚度並無特別的限定,配合本發明之彩色濾光片的用途,可使用例如100μm~1mm左右者。 The thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited. According to the use of the color filter of the present invention, for example, about 100 μm to 1 mm can be used.

另外,本發明的彩色濾光片係除上述基板、遮光部及著色層之外,尚亦可形成例如:保護層、透明電極層以及配向膜、配向突起、柱狀間隙子等。 In addition, the color filter of the present invention can also be formed with, for example, protective layers, transparent electrode layers, alignment films, alignment protrusions, columnar spacers, etc., in addition to the above-mentioned substrate, light-shielding portion, and coloring layer.

III.顯示裝置 III. Display device

本發明之顯示裝置的特徵在於具有上述本發明的彩色濾光片。本發明之顯示裝置的構成並無特別的限定,可從習知公知顯示裝置中適當選擇,例如液晶顯示裝置、有機發光顯示裝置等。 The display device of the present invention is characterized by having the above-mentioned color filter of the present invention. The structure of the display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as liquid crystal display devices, organic light-emitting display devices, and the like.

[液晶顯示裝置] [Liquid crystal display device]

液晶顯示裝置的特徵在於具備有:前述本發明的彩色濾光片、反基板以及在上述彩色濾光片與上述反基板間所形成的液晶層。 The liquid crystal display device is characterized by including the color filter of the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.

相關此種本發明的液晶顯示裝置參照圖式進行說明。圖2所示係本發明之液晶顯示裝置一例的概略圖。如圖2所例示,本發明的液晶顯示裝置40係具備有:彩色濾光片10、具TFT陣列基板等的反基板20以及在上述彩色濾光片10與上述反基板20之間所形成的液晶層30。 The liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention is provided with a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate, etc., and a counter substrate 20 formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. Liquid crystal layer 30.

另外,本發明的液晶顯示裝置並不僅侷限於該圖2所示構成,亦可採用一般使用彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置公知構成。 In addition, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the structure shown in FIG. 2, and a known structure of a liquid crystal display device that generally uses color filters may be adopted.

本發明之液晶顯示裝置的驅動方式並無特別的限定,可採用一般液晶顯示裝置所使用的驅動方式。此種驅動方式係可例如:TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式及MVA方式等。本發明係該等任一方式均適合使用。 The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and the driving method used in general liquid crystal display devices can be adopted. Such driving methods can be, for example: TN method, IPS method, OCB method, MVA method and so on. In the present invention, any of these methods are suitable for use.

再者,反基板係可配合本發明之液晶顯示裝置的驅動方式等再行適當選擇。 Furthermore, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.

再者,構成液晶層的液晶係可配合本發明之液晶顯示裝置的驅動方式等,而使用介電異向性不同的各種液晶及該等的混合物。 Furthermore, the liquid crystal system constituting the liquid crystal layer can be adapted to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, etc., and various liquid crystals with different dielectric anisotropies and mixtures thereof can be used.

液晶層的形成方法係可採用一般液晶單元製作方法所使用的方法,例如真空注入方式、液晶滴下方式等。利用上述方法形成液晶層後,藉由將液晶單元漸冷至常溫,便可使封入的液晶呈配向。 The method for forming the liquid crystal layer can be a method used in general liquid crystal cell production methods, such as a vacuum injection method, a liquid crystal dropping method, and the like. After the liquid crystal layer is formed by the above method, by gradually cooling the liquid crystal cell to room temperature, the enclosed liquid crystal can be aligned.

[有機發光顯示裝置] [Organic Light Emitting Display Device]

有機發光顯示裝置的特徵在於具備有:前述本發明的彩色濾光片以及有機發光體。 The organic light-emitting display device is characterized by including the color filter of the present invention and an organic light-emitting body described above.

相關此種本發明的有機發光顯示裝置參照圖式進行說明。圖3所示係本發明之有機發光顯示裝置一例的概略圖。如圖3所例示,本發明的有機發光顯示裝置100係設有:彩色濾光片10及有機發光體80。在彩色濾光片10與有機發光體80之間,亦可設置有機保護層50、無機氧化膜60。 The organic light emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of an example of the organic light emitting display device of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the organic light-emitting display device 100 of the present invention is provided with a color filter 10 and an organic light-emitting body 80. Between the color filter 10 and the organic light-emitting body 80, an organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may also be provided.

有機發光體80的積層方法係可舉例如:在彩色濾光片上面逐次形成透明陽極71、電洞注入層72、電洞輸送層73、發光層74、電子注入層75及陰極76的方法;將已在其他基板上形成的有機發光體80,貼合於無機氧化膜60上的方法等。有機發光體80的透明陽極71、電洞注入層72、電洞輸送層73、發光層74、電子注入層75及陰極76、其他構成,均可適當使用公知物。依此製作的有機發光顯示裝置100係可適用於例如被動驅動式之有機EL顯示器以及主動驅動式之有機EL顯示器。 The layering method of the organic light-emitting body 80 may include, for example, a method of sequentially forming a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light-emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 on the color filter; A method of bonding the organic light-emitting body 80 formed on another substrate to the inorganic oxide film 60 and the like. The transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light-emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75 and the cathode 76 of the organic light-emitting body 80, and other structures, can use known materials as appropriate. The organic light emitting display device 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to, for example, passively driven organic EL displays and actively driven organic EL displays.

另外,本發明的有機發光顯示裝置並不僅侷限於該圖3所示構成,亦可採用一般有使用彩色濾光片的有機發光顯示裝置公知構成。 In addition, the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and a well-known configuration of organic light-emitting display devices that generally use color filters may also be adopted.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,針對本發明例示實施例進行具體說明。惟,本發明並不因該等記載而受限制。 Hereinafter, a specific description will be given of exemplary embodiments of the present invention. However, the present invention is not limited by these descriptions.

所獲得化合物的構造係藉由使用核磁共振裝置(Bruker BioSpin公司、AVANCEIII HD500MHz)測定的1H-及13C-NMR質譜,以及 使用液相層析儀/質譜裝置(島津製作所公司、LC-30A、Bruker Daltonics公司、micrOTOFQ2)的質量分析便可確認。 The structure of the obtained compound was measured by 1H- and 13C-NMR mass spectrometry using a nuclear magnetic resonance device (Bruker BioSpin, AVANCEIII HD500MHz), and a liquid chromatograph/mass spectrometer (Shimadzu Corporation, LC-30A, Bruker Daltonics, micrOTOFQ2) quality analysis can be confirmed.

(合成例1:化合物A之合成) (Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Compound A) (1)中間體A1之合成 (1) Synthesis of Intermediate A1

使茀0.60mol、氫氧化鉀2.4mol及碘化鉀0.06mol,在氮環境下溶解於無水二甲亞碸500ml中,維持於15℃,歷時2小時徐緩添加溴丁烷1.33mol,反應物依15℃攪拌1小時。然後,在反應物添加蒸餾水2L並攪拌30分鐘左右後,利用二氯甲烷2L萃取生成物,萃取的有機層利用蒸餾水2L洗淨2次。接著,所回收的有機層利用無水MgSO4乾燥,再將溶劑施行減壓蒸餾而獲得生成物,經利用矽膠管柱色層分析儀(展開溶劑:醋酸乙酯:正己烷=1:20)施行精製,便獲得下述中間體A1。 Dissolve 0.60 mol, 2.4 mol of potassium hydroxide, and 0.06 mol of potassium iodide in 500 ml of anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide under nitrogen, maintain at 15°C, slowly add 1.33 mol of butane bromide over 2 hours, and reactants at 15°C Stir for 1 hour. Then, after adding 2 L of distilled water to the reactant and stirring for about 30 minutes, the product was extracted with 2 L of dichloromethane, and the extracted organic layer was washed twice with 2 L of distilled water. Next, the recovered organic layer was dried with anhydrous MgSO 4 , and then the solvent was subjected to vacuum distillation to obtain the product, which was subjected to a silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent: ethyl acetate: n-hexane=1:20) After purification, the following intermediate A1 was obtained.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0067-17
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0067-17

(2)中間體A2之合成 (2) Synthesis of Intermediate A2

使上述中間體A1(0.11mol)溶解於二氯甲烷500ml中,經冷卻至-5℃後,徐緩添加AlCl3:0.13mol,依反應物溫度不會升溫的方 式,歷時1小時徐緩滴下由二氯甲烷15ml與環己基丙醯氯0.13mol構成的溶液,於-5℃下攪拌1小時。然後,將反應物徐緩注入冰水500ml中,經攪拌30分鐘後,利用蒸餾水200mL洗淨有機層。接著,所回收有機層施行減壓蒸餾而獲得生成物,經歷用矽膠管柱色層分析儀(展開溶劑:醋酸乙酯:正己烷=1:4)施行精製,獲得下述中間體A2。 Above intermediate A1 (0.11mol) was dissolved in 500ml of dichloromethane, cooled to -5 deg.] C, bradycardia was added AlCl 3: 0.13mol, depending on the reaction temperature was not raised manner, dropped over 1 hour by two bradycardia A solution composed of 15 ml of methyl chloride and 0.13 mol of cyclohexyl propyl chloride was stirred at -5°C for 1 hour. Then, the reactant was slowly poured into 500 ml of ice water, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the organic layer was washed with 200 ml of distilled water. Next, the recovered organic layer was subjected to vacuum distillation to obtain a product, which was subjected to purification with a silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent: ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1:4) to obtain the following intermediate A2.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0068-19
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0068-19

(3)中間體A3之合成 (3) Synthesis of Intermediate A3

使上述中間體A2(0.042mol)溶解於四氫呋喃(THF)200ml,依序添加溶解於1,4-二

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0068-93
烷中的(4N)HCl:25ml與亞硝酸異丁酯0.063mol,反應物經25℃攪拌6小時。然後,在反應溶液中添加醋酸乙酯200ml並攪拌30分鐘,而分離出有機層後,利用蒸餾水200ml洗淨。接著,所回收的有機層利用無水MgSO4乾燥,再將溶劑施行減壓蒸餾而獲得生成物,利用矽膠管柱色層分析儀(展開溶劑:醋酸乙酯:正己烷=1:4)進行精製,獲得下述中間體A3。 The above intermediate A2 (0.042mol) was dissolved in 200ml of tetrahydrofuran (THF), and dissolved in 1,4-bis
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0068-93
(4N) HCl in alkane: 25ml and 0.063mol isobutyl nitrite, and the reactant was stirred at 25°C for 6 hours. Then, 200 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the reaction solution and stirred for 30 minutes. After the organic layer was separated, it was washed with 200 ml of distilled water. Next, the recovered organic layer was dried with anhydrous MgSO 4 , and then the solvent was subjected to vacuum distillation to obtain the product, which was purified by a silica gel column chromatography analyzer (developing solvent: ethyl acetate: n-hexane = 1:4) , The following intermediate A3 was obtained.

[化14]

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0069-20
[化14]
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0069-20

(4)化合物A之合成 (4) Synthesis of compound A

使上述中間體A3(0.056mol)在氮環境下,溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)200ml中,維持-5℃,添加三乙胺0.068mol,攪拌反應溶液30分鐘。然後,歷時30分鐘徐緩添加由氯乙醯0.068mol與N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮10ml構成的溶液,依反應物不會升溫的方式攪拌30分鐘。然後,將蒸餾水200ml徐緩添加於反應物中並攪拌30分鐘,而分離出有機層。接著,所回收的有機層利用無水MgSO4乾燥,再將溶劑施行減壓蒸餾而獲得生成物,使用乙醇1L進行再結晶後,經乾燥便獲得下述化合物A。 The above-mentioned intermediate A3 (0.056 mol) was dissolved in 200 ml of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) under a nitrogen environment, maintained at -5°C, 0.068 mol of triethylamine was added, and the reaction solution was stirred for 30 minutes. Then, a solution consisting of 0.068 mol of chloroacetate and 10 ml of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was slowly added over 30 minutes, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes so that the temperature of the reactant would not rise. Then, 200 ml of distilled water was slowly added to the reactant and stirred for 30 minutes, and the organic layer was separated. Next, the recovered organic layer was dried with anhydrous MgSO 4 , and the solvent was subjected to reduced pressure distillation to obtain a product, which was recrystallized using 1 L of ethanol and dried to obtain the following compound A.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0069-21
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0069-21

(合成例2:化合物B之合成) (Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Compound B) (1)中間體B1之合成 (1) Synthesis of intermediate B1

除在合成例1的(1)中,取代溴丁烷,改為使用同莫耳的溴乙烷,且未進行使用矽膠管柱色層分析儀的精製之外,其餘均依照與合成例1的(1)同樣,獲得下述中間體B1。 Except that in the synthesis example 1 (1), instead of bromobutane, the same mole of bromoethane was used instead, and the purification using the silica gel column chromatography analyzer was not carried out, the rest were all in accordance with the synthesis example 1. In the same manner as in (1), the following intermediate B1 was obtained.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0070-22
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0070-22

(2)中間體B2之合成 (2) Synthesis of intermediate B2

除在合成例1的(2)中,取代中間體A1,改為使用同莫耳的上述中間體B1,且取代環己基丙醯氯,改為使用同莫耳的丙醯氯之外,其餘均依照與合成例1的(2)同樣,獲得下述中間體B2。 Except for the substitution of intermediate A1 in (2) of Synthesis Example 1, the above-mentioned intermediate B1 of the same mol was used instead, and the cyclohexyl propyl chloride was replaced with the same mol of propyl chloride, the rest In all, in the same manner as (2) of Synthesis Example 1, the following intermediate B2 was obtained.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0070-23
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0070-23

(3)中間體B3之合成 (3) Synthesis of intermediate B3

除在合成例1的(3)中,取代中間體A2,改為使用同莫耳的上述中間體B2,且取代矽膠管柱色層分析儀,改為使用醋酸乙酯:正己烷(1:6)的混合溶劑施行再結晶後,施行乾燥而精製之外,其餘均依照與合成例1的(3)同樣,獲得下述中間體B3。 Except for the replacement of Intermediate A2 in (3) of Synthesis Example 1, the above-mentioned Intermediate B2 of the same mol was used instead, and the silica gel column chromatography was replaced by ethyl acetate: n-hexane (1: The mixed solvent of 6) was subjected to recrystallization, followed by drying and purification. The rest was the same as in Synthesis Example 1 (3), and the following intermediate B3 was obtained.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0071-24
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0071-24

(4)化合物B之合成 (4) Synthesis of compound B

除在合成例1的(4)中,取代中間體A3,改為使用同莫耳的上述中間體B3之外,其餘均依照與合成例1的(4)同樣,獲得下述化合物B。 Except that in (4) of Synthesis Example 1, the intermediate A3 was substituted and the above-mentioned intermediate B3 of the same mol was used instead, the following compound B was obtained in the same manner as in (4) of Synthesis Example 1.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0071-26
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0071-26

(合成例3:化合物C之合成) (Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of Compound C)

除在合成例2的(2)中,取代丙醯氯,改為使用同莫耳的丁醯氯之外,其餘均依照與合成例2的同樣,獲得下述化合物C。 Except that in (2) of Synthesis Example 2, propyl chloride was replaced with butyryl chloride of the same mole, the rest was the same as in Synthesis Example 2, and the following compound C was obtained.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0072-27
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0072-27

(合成例4:化合物D之合成) (Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Compound D) (1)中間體D1之合成 (1) Synthesis of intermediate D1

使9H-茀-2-基-(苯基)甲酮0.030mol溶解於二氯甲烷45ml中,冷卻至-5℃,添加無水AlCl3:0.033mol後,將由二氯甲烷9ml與丙醯氯0.033mol構成的溶液,依反應物溫度不會升溫的方式,歷時1小時徐緩添加,依-5℃攪拌1小時。然後,將反應物徐緩注入冰水250g中,經攪拌30分鐘後,分離出有機層,利用蒸餾水100ml洗淨。接著,所回收有機層施行減壓蒸餾而獲得生成物,利用甲苯:醋酸乙酯(5:1)的混合溶液20ml施行再結晶,而獲得下述中間體D1。 Dissolve 0.030 mol of 9H-茀-2-yl-(phenyl) ketone in 45 ml of dichloromethane, cool to -5°C, add anhydrous AlCl 3 : 0.033 mol, and mix 9 ml of dichloromethane with 0.033 propyl chloride The solution composed of mol is added slowly over 1 hour in a way that the temperature of the reactant will not rise, and stirred at -5°C for 1 hour. Then, the reactant was slowly poured into 250 g of ice water, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the organic layer was separated and washed with 100 ml of distilled water. Next, the recovered organic layer was subjected to vacuum distillation to obtain a product, and recrystallization was performed with 20 ml of a mixed solution of toluene: ethyl acetate (5:1) to obtain the following intermediate D1.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0072-28
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0072-28

(2)中間體D2之合成 (2) Synthesis of intermediate D2

使上述中間體D1(0.010mol)溶解於四氫呋喃(THF)30ml中,依 序添加溶解於1,4-二

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0073-94
烷中的(4N)HCl:4.5ml、與亞硝酸異戊酯0.015mol,反應物依25℃攪拌24小時。然後,在反應溶液中添加醋酸乙酯20ml與蒸餾水50ml而萃取有機層。所萃取的有機層利用無水MgSO4乾燥,將溶劑施行減壓蒸餾而獲得生成物,使用乙醇:醋酸乙酯(5:1)的混合溶劑30ml施行再結晶後,經乾燥,獲得下述中間體D2。 The above intermediate D1 (0.010mol) was dissolved in 30ml of tetrahydrofuran (THF), and dissolved in 1,4-di
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0073-94
(4N) HCl in alkane: 4.5ml, and 0.015mol of isoamyl nitrite, the reactant was stirred at 25°C for 24 hours. Then, 20 ml of ethyl acetate and 50 ml of distilled water were added to the reaction solution to extract the organic layer. The extracted organic layer was dried with anhydrous MgSO 4 , and the solvent was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain the product. The product was recrystallized using 30 ml of a mixed solvent of ethanol: ethyl acetate (5:1), and dried to obtain the following intermediate D2.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0073-29
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0073-29

(3)化合物D之合成 (3) Synthesis of compound D

使上述中間體D2(0.006mol)在氮環境下溶解於醋酸乙酯25ml中,反應物維持-5℃,添加三乙胺0.007mmol,攪拌反應溶液30分鐘後,依反應物不會升溫的方式歷時30分鐘,徐緩添加由氯乙醯0.007mol與醋酸乙酯5ml構成的溶液,攪拌30分鐘。然後,將蒸餾水100ml徐緩添加於反應物中並攪拌30分鐘左右,而分離有機層。接著,回收的有機層利用無水MgSO4乾燥,藉由將溶劑施行減壓蒸餾而獲得下述化合物D。 The above intermediate D2 (0.006mol) was dissolved in 25ml of ethyl acetate under a nitrogen environment, the reactant was maintained at -5°C, and 0.007mmol of triethylamine was added. After stirring the reaction solution for 30 minutes, the reactant did not heat up. Over 30 minutes, slowly add a solution consisting of 0.007 mol of chloroacetate and 5 ml of ethyl acetate, and stir for 30 minutes. Then, 100 ml of distilled water was slowly added to the reactant and stirred for about 30 minutes, and the organic layer was separated. Next, the recovered organic layer was dried with anhydrous MgSO 4 , and the solvent was subjected to vacuum distillation to obtain the following compound D.

[化23]化合物D

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0074-30
[化23] Compound D
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0074-30

(合成例5:化合物E之合成) (Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Compound E) (1)中間體E1之合成 (1) Synthesis of Intermediate E1

在500ml四口燒瓶中,丟入二苯硫醚0.2mol、經粉砕的AlCl3:0.22mol及二氯乙烷150ml,攪拌並流入氬氣,冷卻至冰浴,當溫度下降至0℃時,開始滴下由環己基丙醯氯0.22mol與二氯乙烷42g構成的溶液,一邊將溫度調整於10℃以下,一邊歷時約1.5小時添加。溫度上升至15℃,接著攪拌2小時後,排出反應液。 In a 500ml four-necked flask, put 0.2mol of diphenyl sulfide, 0.22mol of powdered AlCl 3 and 150ml of dichloroethane, stir and pour into argon gas, cool to an ice bath, when the temperature drops to 0℃, The solution consisting of 0.22 mol of cyclohexylpropionyl chloride and 42 g of dichloroethane was started to drip, and it was added over about 1.5 hours while adjusting the temperature to 10°C or less. The temperature rose to 15°C, and after stirring for 2 hours, the reaction liquid was discharged.

在經摻合入冰400g與濃鹽酸65ml的稀鹽酸中,於攪拌下,徐緩丟入反應液後,利用分液漏斗分離出下層,上層利用50ml二氯乙烷萃取後,將萃取液與下層液摻合。然後,利用經摻合NaHCO3:10g與水200g的NaHCO3溶液洗淨,更利用200ml水洗淨3次,直到pH值呈中性為止,利用60g無水MgSO4乾燥而除去水分後,再利用旋轉蒸發使二氯乙烷蒸發。將旋轉蒸發瓶中殘留的固態粉末放入石油醚200ml中,施行抽吸過濾,更進一步投入150ml無水酒精,加熱並回流。然後,冷卻至室溫,更利用冰冷卻2小時,施行抽吸過濾後,在50℃烤箱中施行2小時乾燥,獲得下述中間體E1。 In dilute hydrochloric acid mixed with ice 400g and concentrated hydrochloric acid 65ml, under stirring, slowly throw into the reaction solution, use a separatory funnel to separate the lower layer, the upper layer is extracted with 50ml dichloroethane, the extract and the lower layer Liquid blending. Then, wash with a NaHCO 3 solution blended with NaHCO 3 : 10g and 200g of water, and then wash with 200ml of water 3 times until the pH is neutral, and then use 60g of anhydrous MgSO 4 to dry to remove water before reuse. Rotary evaporation evaporates the dichloroethane. Put the remaining solid powder in the rotary evaporator bottle into 200 ml of petroleum ether, perform suction filtration, and further put in 150 ml of anhydrous alcohol, heat and reflux. Then, it was cooled to room temperature, cooled with ice for 2 hours, suction filtration was performed, and drying was performed in an oven at 50° C. for 2 hours to obtain the following intermediate E1.

[化24]中間體E1

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0075-31
[化24] Intermediate E1
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0075-31

(2)中間體E2之合成 (2) Synthesis of Intermediate E2

在500ml四口燒瓶中,丟入上述中間體E1:42g、四氫呋喃400g、濃鹽酸200g及亞硝酸異戊酯24.2g,依常溫攪拌5小時後,排出反應液。 In a 500ml four-necked flask, put the above intermediate E1: 42g, tetrahydrofuran 400g, concentrated hydrochloric acid 200g and isoamyl nitrite 24.2g, and after stirring at room temperature for 5 hours, the reaction solution was discharged.

將反應液丟入大燒杯中,添加水1000ml,經攪拌後,靜置一晚而分層,獲得黃色黏稠狀液體。利用二氯乙烷萃取黏稠狀液體,丟入50g無水MgSO4而乾燥後,施行抽吸過濾,將濾液施行旋轉蒸發而除去溶劑,獲得油狀黏稠物。接著,將該黏稠物丟入石油醚150ml中,經攪拌、析出後,施行抽吸過濾,獲得白色粉末狀固體。然後,依60℃乾燥5小時,獲得下述中間體E2。 The reaction solution was thrown into a large beaker, 1000ml of water was added, and after stirring, it was allowed to stand overnight to separate into layers to obtain a yellow viscous liquid. The viscous liquid was extracted with dichloroethane, poured into 50 g of anhydrous MgSO 4 and dried, and then subjected to suction filtration. The filtrate was subjected to rotary evaporation to remove the solvent to obtain an oily viscous substance. Next, the viscous substance was thrown into 150 ml of petroleum ether, and after stirring and precipitation, suction filtration was performed to obtain a white powdery solid. Then, it dried at 60 degreeC for 5 hours, and the following intermediate body E2 was obtained.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0075-32
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0075-32

(3)化合物E之合成 (3) Synthesis of compound E

在1000ml四口燒瓶中,丟入上述中間體E2:34g、二氯乙烷350ml及三乙胺12.7g,並攪拌,利用冰浴冷卻,在溫度下降至0℃時,開始滴下由氯化醋酸15.7g與二氯乙烷15g構成的溶液,歷 時約1.5小時添加。接著經攪拌1小時後,滴下冷水500ml,利用分液漏斗施行分層。利用5%NaHCO3溶液200ml洗淨1次,再利用200ml水洗淨2次直到pH值呈中性為止,然後利用經摻合入濃鹽酸20g與水400ml的稀鹽酸洗淨1次,接著利用200ml水洗淨3次後,利用100g無水MgSO4乾燥,利用旋轉蒸發而除去溶劑,獲得黏稠狀液體。在該黏稠狀液體中丟入適量甲醇而析出白色固體,經過濾、乾燥,獲得下述化合物E。 In a 1000ml four-necked flask, put the above intermediate E2: 34g, 350ml of dichloroethane and 12.7g of triethylamine, and stir, use an ice bath to cool, when the temperature drops to 0 ℃, start to drip from chlorinated acetic acid A solution composed of 15.7 g and 15 g of dichloroethane was added over about 1.5 hours. Then, after stirring for 1 hour, 500 ml of cold water was dropped, and layering was performed using a separatory funnel. Wash with 200ml of 5% NaHCO 3 solution once, then wash with 200ml of water twice until the pH is neutral, then wash with dilute hydrochloric acid mixed with 20g of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 400ml of water, and then use After washing with 200 ml of water for 3 times, it was dried with 100 g of anhydrous MgSO 4 and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to obtain a viscous liquid. An appropriate amount of methanol was thrown into the viscous liquid to precipitate a white solid, which was filtered and dried to obtain the following compound E.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0076-33
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0076-33

(合成例6:化合物F之合成) (Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Compound F)

除在合成例5的(1)中,取代二苯硫醚,改為使用同莫耳的[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-2-噻吩-甲酮之外,其餘均依照與合成例5同樣地合成下述化合物F。 Except for the substitution of diphenyl sulfide in (1) of Synthesis Example 5, the same mole of [4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-2-thiophene-methanone was used instead, and the rest were all synthesized in accordance with Example 5 The following compound F was synthesized in the same manner.

[化27]化合物F

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0077-34
[化27] Compound F
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0077-34

(合成例7:分散劑(嵌段共聚合體A)之製造) (Synthesis Example 7: Production of Dispersant (Block Copolymer A))

在具備有冷卻管、添加用漏斗、氮用進氣管、機械的攪拌機及數位式溫度計的500mL圓底四口可分離式燒瓶中,添加THF:250質量份、氯化鋰0.6質量份,充分施行氮取代。將反應燒瓶冷卻至-60℃後,使用注射器注入丁基鋰4.9質量份(15質量%己烷溶液)、二異丙胺1.1質量份及異丁酸甲酯1.0質量份。利用添加用漏斗歷時60分鐘滴下:B嵌段用單體的甲基丙烯酸-1-乙氧基乙酯(EEMA)2.2質量份、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥乙酯(HEMA)18.7質量份、甲基丙烯酸-2-乙基己酯(EHMA)12.8質量份、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯(BMA)13.7質量份、甲基丙烯酸苄酯(BzMA)9.5質量份及甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)17.5質量份。經30分鐘後,歷時20分鐘滴下屬於A嵌段用單體的甲基丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯(DMMA)26.7質量份。經反應30分鐘後,添加甲醇1.5質量份而停止反應。所獲得先質嵌段共聚合體THF溶液在己烷中再沉澱,經過濾、真空乾燥而施行精製,利用PGMEA稀釋而成為固形份30質量%溶液。添加水32.5質量份,升溫至100℃,反應7小時,將由EEMA衍生的構成單元脫保護,而成為由甲基丙烯酸(MAA)衍生的構成單元。所獲得嵌段共聚合體PGMEA溶液在己烷中再沉澱,經過濾、真空乾燥而施行精製, 獲得含有一般式(I)所示構成單元的A嵌段、與由含羧基單體所衍生構成單元且具親溶劑性的B嵌段之嵌段共聚合體A(酸值8mgKOH/g、Tg38℃)。依此所獲得嵌段共聚合體A經利用GPC(凝膠滲透色層分析儀)確認,結果重量平均分子量Mw係7730。又,胺值係95mgKOH/g。 In a 500 mL round-bottomed four-neck separable flask equipped with a cooling tube, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet pipe, mechanical stirrer, and digital thermometer, add THF: 250 parts by mass and 0.6 parts by mass of lithium chloride, sufficient Implement nitrogen substitution. After cooling the reaction flask to -60°C, 4.9 parts by mass of butyllithium (15% by mass hexane solution), 1.1 parts by mass of diisopropylamine, and 1.0 part by mass of methyl isobutyrate were injected using a syringe. Dropped in an addition funnel over 60 minutes: 2.2 parts by mass of 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA), 18.7 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), 12.8 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA), 13.7 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 9.5 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), and methyl methacrylate (MMA) 17.5 parts by mass. After 30 minutes, 26.7 parts by mass of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA), which is a monomer for the A block, was dropped over 20 minutes. After 30 minutes of reaction, 1.5 parts by mass of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The obtained precursor block copolymer THF solution was re-precipitated in hexane, filtered and vacuum dried for purification, and diluted with PGMEA to become a solid content 30% by mass solution. 32.5 parts by mass of water was added, the temperature was raised to 100°C, and the reaction was carried out for 7 hours to deprotect the structural unit derived from EEMA to become a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid (MAA). The obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution was re-precipitated in hexane, filtered and vacuum-dried for purification to obtain an A block containing the structural unit represented by general formula (I) and a structural unit derived from a carboxyl-containing monomer And has a solvent-philic B block block copolymer A (acid value 8mgKOH/g, Tg38℃). The block copolymer A thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography Analyzer). As a result, the weight average molecular weight Mw was 7730. In addition, the amine value is 95 mgKOH/g.

(合成例8:鹼可溶性樹脂A溶液之合成) (Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of Alkali-soluble Resin A Solution)

將苯乙烯40質量份、MMA:15質量份、MAA:25質量份及AIBN:3質量份的混合液,於氮氣流下,依100℃歷時3小時滴下於已裝入PGMEA:150質量份的聚合槽中。待滴下結束後,更依100℃加熱3小時,獲得聚合體溶液。該聚合體溶液的重量平均分子量係7000。 A mixture of 40 parts by mass of styrene, 15 parts by mass of MMA, 25 parts by mass of MAA, and 3 parts by mass of AIBN was dropped onto the polymerized PGMEA: 150 parts by mass at 100°C for 3 hours under nitrogen flow. Slot. After the dropping is finished, heating is further performed at 100°C for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer solution is 7,000.

其次,在所獲得聚合體溶液中,添加甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯(GMA)20質量份、三乙胺0.2質量份及對甲氧基酚0.05質量份,依110℃加熱10小時,在反應溶液中使空氣起泡。所獲得鹼可溶性樹脂A係在由苯乙烯MMA及MAA的共聚合所形成主鏈上,經使用GMA,導入具乙烯性雙鍵之側鏈的樹脂,固形份42.6質量%、酸值74mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量12000。以聚苯乙烯為標準物質、THF為洗提液,利用Shodex GPC System-21H測定重量平均分子量。又,酸值得測定方法係根據JIS K 0070測定。 Next, add 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol to the obtained polymer solution, and heat at 110°C for 10 hours. Air bubbles in the solution. The obtained alkali-soluble resin A is based on the main chain formed by the copolymerization of styrene MMA and MAA. GMA is used to introduce a resin with side chains of ethylenic double bonds. The solid content is 42.6% by mass and the acid value is 74mgKOH/g. , The weight average molecular weight is 12,000. Using polystyrene as the standard substance and THF as the eluent, the weight average molecular weight was measured using Shodex GPC System-21H. In addition, the acid value measurement method is based on JIS K 0070.

(合成例9:藍色顏色材料α之合成) (Synthesis example 9: Synthesis of blue color material α) (1)中間體1之合成 (1) Synthesis of Intermediate 1

參照國際公開第2012/144521號所記載的中間體3及中間體4 之製造方法,獲得下述化學式(1)所示中間體1:15.9g(產率70%)。 With reference to the manufacturing method of Intermediate 3 and Intermediate 4 described in International Publication No. 2012/144521, Intermediate 1: 15.9 g (yield 70%) represented by the following chemical formula (1) was obtained.

所獲得化合物經下述分析結果,確認屬於目標化合物。 The obtained compound was confirmed to belong to the target compound through the following analysis results.

‧MS(ESI)(m/z):511(+)、2價 ‧MS(ESI)(m/z): 511(+), 2 price

‧元素分析值:CHN實測值(78.13%、7.48%、7.78%);理論值(78.06%、7.75%、7.69%) ‧Elemental analysis value: CHN measured value (78.13%, 7.48%, 7.78%); theoretical value (78.06%, 7.75%, 7.69%)

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0079-35
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0079-35

(2)藍色顏色材料α之合成 (2) Synthesis of blue color material α

將上述中間體15.00g(4.58mmol)添加於水300ml中,依90℃溶解成為中間體1溶液。接著,將磷鎢酸‧n水合物H3[PW12O40]‧nH2O(n=30)(日本無機化學工業製)10.44g(3.05mmol)丟入水100ml中,於90℃下攪拌,製備得磷鎢酸水溶液。在剛剛的中間體1溶液中,依90℃混合入所製備的磷鎢酸水溶液,濾取所生成的沉澱物,利用水施行洗淨。所獲得濾餅經乾燥,獲得下述化學式(2)所示,三芳基甲烷系鹼性染料的金屬色澱顏色材料之藍色顏色材料α:13.25g。 15.00 g (4.58 mmol) of the above-mentioned intermediate was added to 300 ml of water, and dissolved at 90°C to form an intermediate 1 solution. Then, phosphotungstic acid‧n hydrate H 3 [PW 12 O 40 ]‧nH 2 O(n=30) (manufactured by Nippon Inorganic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 10.44g (3.05mmol) was poured into 100ml of water and stirred at 90℃ , Preparation of phosphotungstic acid aqueous solution. In the intermediate 1 solution just now, the prepared aqueous solution of phosphotungstic acid was mixed at 90°C, and the resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The obtained filter cake is dried to obtain the blue color material α: 13.25 g as shown in the following chemical formula (2), which is a metal lake color material of triarylmethane-based basic dye.

所獲得化合物經下述分析結果,確認屬於目標化合物。 The obtained compound was confirmed to belong to the target compound through the following analysis results.

‧MS(ESI)(m/z):510(+)、2價 ‧MS(ESI)(m/z): 510(+), 2 price

‧元素分析值:CHN實測值(41.55%、5.34%、4.32%);理論值(41.66%、5.17%、4.11%) ‧Elemental analysis value: CHN measured value (41.55%, 5.34%, 4.32%); theoretical value (41.66%, 5.17%, 4.11%)

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0080-36
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0080-36

(合成例10:Azo衍生物1之製備) (Synthesis Example 10: Preparation of Azo Derivative 1)

在550g蒸餾水中,導入重氮巴比妥酸(diazo barbituric acid)23.1g及巴比妥酸19.2g。接著,使用氫氧化鉀水溶液調整成為偶氮巴比妥酸(0.3莫耳),在與750g蒸餾水混合。利用滴下而添加5g的30%鹽酸。然後,導入38.7g三聚氰胺。接著,將0.39莫耳氯化鎳溶液與0.21莫耳氯化鋅溶液予以混合並添加,依80℃溫度攪拌8小時。經過濾而離析顏料,經洗淨,依120℃乾燥,利用研缽磨碎,獲得Azo衍生物1(Ni-azo-1、Ni:Zn=65:35(莫耳比)的azo顏料)。 In 550 g of distilled water, 23.1 g of diazo barbituric acid and 19.2 g of barbituric acid were introduced. Next, it was adjusted to azobarbituric acid (0.3 mol) using a potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, and mixed with 750 g of distilled water. Add 5 g of 30% hydrochloric acid by dropping. Then, 38.7 g of melamine was introduced. Next, 0.39 mol of nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol of zinc chloride solution were mixed and added, and stirred at 80°C for 8 hours. The pigment was separated by filtration, washed, dried at 120°C, and ground in a mortar to obtain Azo derivative 1 (Ni-azo-1, Ni:Zn=65:35 (mole ratio) azo pigment).

(合成例11:Azo衍生物2之製備) (Synthesis Example 11: Preparation of Azo Derivative 2)

除在合成例10的Azo衍生物1之製備中,取代0.39莫耳氯化鎳溶液、與0.21莫耳氯化鋅溶液,改為使用0.42莫耳氯化鎳溶液與0.18莫耳氯化鋅溶液之外,其餘均依照與合成例10同樣,獲得Azo衍生物2(Ni-azo-2、Ni:Zn=70:30(莫耳比)的azo顏料)。 Except in the preparation of Azo derivative 1 of Synthesis Example 10, instead of 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution, 0.42 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.18 mol zinc chloride solution were used instead Other than that, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 10, Azo derivative 2 (Ni-azo-2, Ni:Zn=70:30 (mole ratio) azo pigment) was obtained.

(合成例12:Azo衍生物3之製備) (Synthesis Example 12: Preparation of Azo Derivative 3)

除在合成例10的Azo衍生物1之製備中,取代0.39莫耳氯化鎳溶液、與0.21莫耳氯化鋅溶液,改為使用0.3莫耳氯化鎳溶液與0.3莫耳氯化鋅溶液之外,其餘均依照與合成例10同樣,獲得Azo衍生物3(Ni-azo-3、Ni:Zn=50:50(莫耳比)的azo顏料)。 Except in the preparation of Azo derivative 1 of Synthesis Example 10, instead of 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution, 0.3 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.3 mol zinc chloride solution were used instead Other than that, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 10, Azo derivative 3 (Ni-azo-3, Ni:Zn=50:50 (mole ratio) azo pigment) was obtained.

(合成例13:Azo衍生物4之製備) (Synthesis Example 13: Preparation of Azo Derivative 4)

除在合成例10的Azo衍生物1之製備中,取代0.39莫耳氯化鎳溶液、與0.21莫耳氯化鋅溶液,改為使用0.18莫耳氯化鎳溶液與0.42莫耳氯化鋅溶液之外,其餘均依照與合成例10同樣,獲得Azo衍生物4(Ni-azo-4、Ni:Zn=30:70(莫耳比)的azo顏料)。 Except in the preparation of Azo derivative 1 of Synthesis Example 10, instead of 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution, 0.18 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.42 mol zinc chloride solution were used instead Other than that, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 10, Azo derivative 4 (Ni-azo-4, Ni:Zn=30:70 (mole ratio) azo pigment) was obtained.

(合成例14:Azo衍生物5之製備) (Synthesis Example 14: Preparation of Azo Derivative 5)

除在合成例10的Azo衍生物1之製備中,取代0.39莫耳氯化鎳溶液、與0.21莫耳氯化鋅溶液,改為使用0.06莫耳氯化鎳溶液與0.54莫耳氯化鋅溶液之外,其餘均依照與合成例10同樣,獲得Azo衍生物5(Ni-azo-5、Ni:Zn=10:90(莫耳比)的azo顏料)。 Except in the preparation of Azo derivative 1 of Synthesis Example 10, instead of 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution, 0.06 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.54 mol zinc chloride solution were used instead Otherwise, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 10, Azo derivative 5 (Ni-azo-5, Ni:Zn=10:90 (molar ratio) azo pigment) was obtained.

(合成例15:潛在性抗氧化劑(化合物a)之合成) (Synthesis Example 15: Synthesis of Potential Antioxidant (Compound a))

將下述化學式(3)所示酚化合物0.01mol、二碳酸二第三丁酯0.05mol及吡啶30g予以混合,在氮環境下,於室溫添加4-二甲胺基吡啶0.025mol,依60℃攪拌3小時。冷卻至室溫後,將反應液注入離子交換水150g中,添加氯仿200g施行油水分離。有機層經利用無水硫酸鈉乾燥後,餾除溶劑,在殘渣中添加甲醇100g而施行晶析。所獲得白色粉狀結晶依60℃施行3小時減壓乾燥,便獲得上述化學式(a)所示潛在性抗氧化劑(化合物a)。另外,所獲得潛在性抗氧化劑的構造係經IR及NMR確認。 Mix 0.01 mol of the phenol compound represented by the following chemical formula (3), 0.05 mol of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate, and 30 g of pyridine. In a nitrogen environment, add 0.025 mol of 4-dimethylaminopyridine at room temperature to 60 Stir at °C for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into 150 g of ion-exchanged water, and 200 g of chloroform was added to perform oil-water separation. After the organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and 100 g of methanol was added to the residue to perform crystallization. The obtained white powdery crystals were dried under reduced pressure at 60°C for 3 hours to obtain the potential antioxidant (compound a) represented by the above chemical formula (a). In addition, the structure of the obtained potential antioxidant was confirmed by IR and NMR.

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0082-37
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0082-37

(實施例1) (Example 1) (1)顏色材料分散液1之製造 (1) Manufacturing of color material dispersion liquid 1

將分散劑的合成例7之嵌段共聚合體A:5.1質量份、顏色材 料的合成例9所獲得藍色顏色材料α:13.0質量份、合成例8所獲得鹼可溶性樹脂A溶液依固形份換算計5.1質量份、PGMEA:76.8質量份以及粒徑2.0mm二氧化鋯球珠100質量份,裝入美奶滋瓶中,利用塗料攪拌器(淺田鐵工(股)製)施行1小時振盪的預破碎,接著取出粒徑2.0mm二氧化鋯球珠,添加粒徑0.1mm的二氧化鋯球珠200質量份,同樣地利用塗料攪拌器施行4小時分散的正式破碎,便獲得顏色材料分散液1。 The block copolymer A of Synthesis Example 7 of the dispersant: 5.1 parts by mass, the blue color material α obtained in Synthesis Example 9 of the color material: 13.0 parts by mass, and the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8 were converted into solid content. 5.1 parts by mass, PGMEA: 76.8 parts by mass, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0mm, put them in a beauty milk bottle, and use a paint stirrer (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) for 1 hour shaking Pre-crushing, then take out the zirconia beads with a diameter of 2.0mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.1mm, and perform the formal crushing for 4 hours with a paint stirrer to obtain a color material dispersion. 1.

(2)彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物1之製造 (2) Manufacturing of photosensitive colored resin composition 1 for color filters

添加:上述(1)所獲得顏色材料分散液1:286.1質量份、合成例8所獲得鹼可溶性樹脂A溶液依固形份換算計8.6質量份、光聚合性化合物(商品名Aronix M-520D、東亞合成(股)公司製)18.2質量份、抗氧化劑之二丁基羥甲苯(BHT):2.0質量份、先起始劑之合成例1所獲得化合物A:5.1質量份以及PGMEA:42.2質量份,獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物1。 Addition: 1:286.1 parts by mass of the color material dispersion obtained in (1) above, 8.6 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8 in terms of solid content, photopolymerizable compound (trade name Aronix M-520D, East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.) 18.2 parts by mass, dibutylhydroxytoluene (BHT) as antioxidant: 2.0 parts by mass, compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1 of the first initiator: 5.1 parts by mass and PGMEA: 42.2 parts by mass, The photosensitive colored resin composition 1 for color filters was obtained.

(實施例2~13) (Examples 2~13)

在實施例1中,除光起始劑係使用表1所示種類及量之外,其餘均依照與實施例1同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物2~13。 In Example 1, except that the type and amount shown in Table 1 were used for the photoinitiator system, in the same manner as in Example 1, photosensitive colored resin compositions 2 to 13 for color filters were obtained.

另外,實施例8中當作光起始劑用的OXE-01係肟酯系光起始劑(商品名IRGACURE OXE-01、BASF製),下述化學式(4)所示化合物:[化31]

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0084-38
In addition, the OXE-01-based oxime ester-based photoinitiator (trade name IRGACURE OXE-01, manufactured by BASF) used as the photoinitiator in Example 8 is a compound represented by the following chemical formula (4): [formula 31 ]
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0084-38

(實施例14) (Example 14)

除在實施例13中,抗氧化劑係不用BHT,改為使用雙酚系抗氧化劑(ADEKA STAB AO-40、ADEKA製)之外,其餘均依照與實施例13同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物14。 Except that in Example 13, BHT was not used as the antioxidant system, and bisphenol-based antioxidant (ADEKA STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA) was used instead, and the rest were followed in the same manner as in Example 13 to obtain a photosensitive color filter.性colored resin composition 14.

(實施例15) (Example 15)

除在實施例13,抗氧化劑係不用BHT,改為使用受阻酚系抗氧化劑(Irg1010、BASF製)之外,其餘均依照與實施例13同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物15。 Except that in Example 13, BHT was not used for the antioxidant system, and a hindered phenol-based antioxidant (Irg1010, manufactured by BASF) was used instead, and the rest were followed in the same manner as in Example 13 to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters 15.

(實施例16) (Example 16)

除在實施例13中,抗氧化劑係不用BHT,改為使用合成例15所獲得屬於潛在性抗氧化劑的化合物a之外,其餘均依照與實施例13同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物16。 Except that in Example 13, the antioxidant system does not use BHT, and instead uses compound a, which is a potential antioxidant obtained in Synthesis Example 15, the photosensitive coloring for color filters is obtained in the same manner as in Example 13. Resin composition 16.

(實施例17~21) (Examples 17-21)

除在實施例1中,將鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑及抗氧化劑的添加量變更如表1所示量之外,其餘均依照與實施 例1同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物17~21。 Except that in Example 1, the addition amounts of the alkali-soluble resin, photopolymerizable compound, photoinitiator, and antioxidant were changed as shown in Table 1, the color filters were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. Photosensitive colored resin compositions for sheets 17-21.

(比較例1~3) (Comparative Examples 1~3)

除在實施例21中,光起始劑係不用合成例1所獲得化合物A,改為使用表1所示光起始劑之外,其餘均依照與實施例21同樣地獲比較彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物1~3。 Except that in Example 21, the photoinitiator system did not use the compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and instead used the photoinitiator shown in Table 1, the rest were the same as in Example 21 to obtain a comparative color filter. Use photosensitive colored resin composition 1 to 3.

比較例1所使用的光起始劑係下述化學式(5)所示OXE-02(BASF製):

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0085-39
The photoinitiator used in Comparative Example 1 is OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF) represented by the following chemical formula (5):
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0085-39

比較例3所使用的光起始劑係下述化學式(6)所示比較化合物A:

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0085-40
The photoinitiator used in Comparative Example 3 is the comparative compound A represented by the following chemical formula (6):
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0085-40

(實施例22) (Example 22)

在實施例13中,除顏色材料係取代藍色顏色材料α,改為使 用顏料紅254(PR254)37.2質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例13同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物22。 In Example 13, except that the color material was substituted for the blue color material α, and 37.2 parts by mass of Pigment Red 254 (PR254) was used instead, the rest were the same as in Example 13 to obtain photosensitive coloring for color filters. Resin composition 22.

(比較例4) (Comparative Example 4)

實施例22中,除光起始劑並未使用合成例1所獲得化合物A、合成例5所獲得化合物E及Irg819(BASF製),而是依表2所示量使用上述化學式(5)所示OXE-02(BASF製),且未使用抗氧化劑(BHT),改為使用光聚合性化合物20.2質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例22同樣地獲得比較彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物4。 In Example 22, the photo-initiating agent did not use the compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, the compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF), but the amount shown in Table 2 was used in the above-mentioned chemical formula (5). OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF) is shown, and no antioxidant (BHT) is used, and 20.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerizable compound is used instead, and the rest are the same as in Example 22 to obtain a photosensitive coloring for a comparative color filter Resin composition 4.

(實施例23) (Example 23)

在實施例13中,除顏色材料係取代藍色顏色材料α,改為使用顏料綠59(PG59)16.48質量份以及合成例10所獲得Azo衍生物1:20.72質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例13同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物23。 In Example 13, except that the color material system replaced the blue color material α, used Pigment Green 59 (PG59) 16.48 parts by mass and 1:20.72 parts by mass of the Azo derivative obtained in Synthesis Example 10, the rest were all in accordance with In Example 13, a photosensitive colored resin composition 23 for color filters was obtained in the same manner.

(比較例5) (Comparative Example 5)

除在實施例23中,光起始劑並非使用合成例1所獲得化合物A、合成例5所獲得化合物E及Irg819(BASF製),改為依表2所示量使用上述化學式(5)所示OXE-02(BASF製),且未使用抗氧化劑(BHT),改為使用光聚合性化合物20.2質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例23同樣地獲得比較彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物5。 Except in Example 23, the photoinitiator did not use the compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, the compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF). OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF) is shown, and no antioxidant (BHT) is used, and 20.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerizable compound is used instead. The rest are the same as in Example 23 to obtain a photosensitive coloring for a comparative color filter Resin composition 5.

(實施例24) (Example 24)

除在實施例13中,顏色材料係取代藍色顏色材料α,改為使用C.I.溶劑黃162:37.2質量份,且未使用抗氧化劑(BHT),改為使用光聚合性化合物20.2質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例13同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物24。 Except in Example 13, the color material system replaced the blue color material α, instead of using CI Solvent Yellow 162: 37.2 parts by mass, and not using antioxidants (BHT), instead of using 20.2 parts by mass of photopolymerizable compounds , And the rest is the same as in Example 13 to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition 24 for color filters.

(比較例6) (Comparative Example 6)

除在實施例24中,光起始劑並非使用合成例1所獲得化合物A、合成例5所獲得化合物E及Irg819(BASF製),而是依表2所示量使用上述化學式(5)所示OXE-02(BASF製)之外,其餘均依照與實施例24同樣地獲得比較彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物6。 Except in Example 24, the photoinitiator did not use the compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, the compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF), but the amount shown in Table 2 was used in the above chemical formula (5). In the same manner as in Example 24, except for OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF), a photosensitive colored resin composition 6 for a comparative color filter was obtained.

(實施例25) (Example 25)

除在實施例16中,顏色材料係取代藍色顏色材料α,改為使用顏料綠58:23.8質量份、與合成例11所獲得Azo衍生物2:13.4質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例16同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物25。 Except that in Example 16, the color material system replaced the blue color material α, and replaced it with pigment green 58: 23.8 parts by mass and 2: 13.4 parts by mass of the Azo derivative obtained in Synthesis Example 11. In Example 16, a photosensitive colored resin composition 25 for color filters was obtained in the same manner.

(實施例26) (Example 26)

除在實施例16,顏色材料係取代藍色顏色材料α,改為使用顏料綠58:24.5質量份及合成例12所獲得Azo衍生物3:12.7質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例16同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物26。 Except that in Example 16, the color material system replaced the blue color material α, and instead used pigment green 58: 24.5 parts by mass and the Azo derivative obtained in Synthesis Example 12: 12.7 parts by mass, the rest were all in accordance with Example 16. In the same manner, a photosensitive colored resin composition 26 for color filters was obtained.

(實施例27) (Example 27)

除在實施例16中,顏色材料係取代藍色顏色材料α,改為使用顏料綠58:25.3質量份及合成例13所獲得Azo衍生物4:11.9質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例16同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物27。 Except that in Example 16, the color material system replaced the blue color material α, and instead used pigment green 58: 25.3 parts by mass and the Azo derivative obtained in Synthesis Example 13: 11.9 parts by mass, the rest were all in accordance with the examples. 16 In the same manner, a photosensitive colored resin composition 27 for a color filter was obtained.

(實施例28) (Example 28)

除在實施例16中,顏色材料係取代藍色顏色材料α,改為使用顏料綠58:26.1質量份及合成例14所獲得Azo衍生物5:11.1質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例16同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物28。 Except that in Example 16, the color material system replaced the blue color material α, and instead used pigment green 58: 26.1 parts by mass and the Azo derivative obtained in Synthesis Example 14: 5: 11.1 parts by mass, the rest were all in accordance with the examples. 16 In the same manner, a photosensitive colored resin composition 28 for a color filter was obtained.

(實施例29) (Example 29)

除在實施例27中,抗氧化劑係取代化合物a,改為使用BHT之外,其餘均依照與實施例27同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物29。 In Example 27, except that the antioxidant system replaced compound a and BHT was used, the photosensitive colored resin composition 29 for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as in Example 27.

(實施例30) (Example 30)

除在實施例27中,並未使用抗氧化劑的化合物a,而是使用光聚合性化合物20.2質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例27同樣地獲得彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物30。 Except that in Example 27, the antioxidant compound a was not used, but 20.2 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound was used. In the same manner as in Example 27, a photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters was obtained. 30.

(比較例7) (Comparative Example 7)

除在實施例27中,光起始劑並非使用合成例1所獲得化合物A、合成例5所獲得化合物E及Irg819(BASF製),而是依表2所示 量使用上述化學式(5)所示OXE-02(BASF製),且未使用抗氧化劑,改為使用光聚合性化合物20.2質量份之外,其餘均依照與實施例27同樣地獲得比較彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物7。 Except in Example 27, the photoinitiator did not use the compound A obtained in Synthesis Example 1, the compound E obtained in Synthesis Example 5, and Irg819 (manufactured by BASF), but the amount shown in Table 2 was used in the above-mentioned chemical formula (5). OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF) is shown, and no antioxidant is used, and 20.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerizable compound is used instead. The rest are the same as in Example 27 to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition for a comparative color filter 7.

[評價] [Evaluation]

將各實施例及各比較例所獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物,使用旋塗機在玻璃基板(NH Techno Glass(股)公司製、「NA35」)上,依硬化塗膜成為厚度3.0μm方式施行塗佈後,使用加熱板,依80℃施行3分鐘乾燥,而在玻璃基板上形成塗膜。對該塗膜,隔著在開口尺寸90μm×300μm的獨立細線內之中央處配置有20μm×20μm鉻光罩的圖案光罩(鉻光罩),使用超高壓水銀燈依40mJ/cm2紫外線施行曝光,而在玻璃基板上形成曝光後塗膜。接著,將0.05wt%氫氧化鉀水溶液使用為顯影液,施行旋塗顯影,經接觸顯影液60秒鐘後,利用純水洗淨而施行顯影處理,獲得具微小孔的獨立細線圖案狀塗膜。然後,利用230℃無塵烤箱進行25分鐘的後烘烤,而形成具微小孔的獨立細線圖案狀著色層。針對所獲得著色層施行下述評價。 The photosensitive colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example was applied on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") using a spin coater so that the cured coating film had a thickness of 3.0 μm. After coating, using a hot plate, drying was performed at 80°C for 3 minutes to form a coating film on the glass substrate. For the coating film, a patterned mask (chrome mask) with a 20μm×20μm chrome mask placed in the center of an independent thin line with an opening size of 90μm×300μm was exposed using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp under 40mJ/cm 2 ultraviolet rays. , And a post-exposure coating film is formed on the glass substrate. Next, a 0.05wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution was used as the developer, and spin-coated development was performed. After being in contact with the developer for 60 seconds, it was rinsed with pure water and then subjected to a development process to obtain an independent fine-line patterned coating film with micropores. . Then, it was post-baked in a 230°C dust-free oven for 25 minutes to form an independent fine-line pattern-like colored layer with minute holes. The following evaluation was performed on the obtained colored layer.

<光學特性評價> <Evaluation of Optical Properties>

將各實施例及各比較例所獲得感光性著色樹脂組成物,使用旋塗機,在玻璃基板(NH Techno Glass(股)公司製、「NA35」)上施行塗佈後,使用加熱板依80℃乾燥3分鐘,而在玻璃基板上形成塗膜。未隔著光罩,使用超高壓水銀燈全面照射60mJ/cm2紫外線,而形成曝光後塗膜。接著,將0.05wt%氫氧化鉀水溶液使用為顯影液,施行旋塗顯影,經接觸顯影液60秒鐘後,利用純水洗淨而施 行顯影處理,而形成顯影後塗膜。然後,依230℃無塵烤箱施行25分鐘的後烘烤,色度係當使用藍色顏色材料α時便依成為y=0.083,當使用PR254時便依成為x=0.650,當使用PG59/Azo衍生物時便依成為y=0.610,當使用C.I.溶劑黃162時便依成為y=0.503,當使用PG58/Azo衍生物時便依成為y=0.630的方式形成硬化塗膜(著色層)。上述著色層的色度(x、y)及輝度(Y)係使用Olympus製顯微分光測定裝置OSP-SP200測定。 The photosensitive colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example was coated on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., "NA35") using a spin coater, and then a hot plate was used to apply 80 It was dried at °C for 3 minutes to form a coating film on the glass substrate. Without intervening the photomask, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp was used to irradiate 60 mJ/cm 2 of ultraviolet rays on the entire surface to form a post-exposure coating film. Next, a 0.05 wt% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution was used as a developer, and spin-coating development was performed. After being in contact with the developer for 60 seconds, it was washed with pure water and subjected to a development process to form a post-development coating film. Then, post-bake in a dust-free oven at 230℃ for 25 minutes. When using blue color material α, it becomes y=0.083, and when using PR254, it becomes x=0.650. When using PG59/Azo When it is derivative, it becomes y=0.610, when CI solvent yellow 162 is used, it becomes y=0.503, and when PG58/Azo derivative is used, it becomes y=0.630 to form a hardened coating (coloring layer). The chromaticity (x, y) and luminance (Y) of the colored layer were measured using a microscope OSP-SP200 manufactured by Olympus.

<顯影性評價> <Developability Evaluation> [直線性] [Straightness]

針對曝光時所使用的鉻光罩之開口寬度90μm所碰觸到部分的著色層之細線圖案寬度,利用光學顯微鏡測定5個地方,依線寬的變動進行直線性評價。 For the thin line pattern width of the colored layer of the chrome mask used during exposure with an opening width of 90μm, the width of the colored layer was measured at 5 places with an optical microscope, and the linearity was evaluated based on the variation of the line width.

A:變動在±0.1μm以內 A: The variation is within ±0.1μm

B:變動超過±0.1μm且在±0.3μm以內 B: The variation exceeds ±0.1μm and is within ±0.3μm

C:變動超過±0.3μm C: Variation exceeds ±0.3μm

[殘膜率] [Residual film rate]

在上述著色層形成時,於塗膜形成過程中,利用觸針式剖面儀P-16(KLA-Tencor公司製)測定曝光後的膜厚(E)及顯影後的膜厚(D),將顯影後膜厚(D)/曝光後膜厚(E)設為殘膜率並計算出。 When the colored layer is formed, in the coating film formation process, the film thickness after exposure (E) and the film thickness after development (D) are measured with a stylus profiler P-16 (manufactured by KLA-Tencor). The film thickness after development (D)/the film thickness after exposure (E) was calculated as the residual film rate.

另外,若顯影後膜厚(D)/曝光後膜厚(E)達90%以上,便屬於適合實際使用的範圍。 In addition, if the film thickness after development (D)/the film thickness after exposure (E) is more than 90%, it belongs to the range suitable for practical use.

利用光學顯微鏡觀察上述著色層,並依照下述評價基準,針對微小孔的形狀、顫抖及顯影殘渣施行評價。 The colored layer was observed with an optical microscope, and the shape of the micropores, shaking, and development residue were evaluated in accordance with the following evaluation criteria.

[形狀] [Shape]

A:相對於獨立細線圖案內所配置鉻光罩尺寸,在著色層上所形成微小孔的尺寸偏移,依絶對值計小於2% A: Relative to the size of the chrome mask arranged in the independent thin line pattern, the size deviation of the micro holes formed in the colored layer is less than 2% in absolute value

B:相對於獨立細線圖案內所配置鉻光罩尺寸,在著色層上所形成微小孔的尺寸偏移,依絶對值計2%以上且在6%以下 B: Relative to the size of the chrome mask arranged in the independent thin line pattern, the size deviation of the micro holes formed in the colored layer is 2% or more and less than 6% in absolute value

C:相對於獨立細線圖案內所配置鉻光罩尺寸,在著色層上所形成微小孔的尺寸偏移,依絶對值計大於6%且在8%以下 C: Relative to the size of the chrome mask arranged in the independent thin line pattern, the size deviation of the micro holes formed in the colored layer is greater than 6% and less than 8% in absolute value

D:相對於獨立細線圖案內所配置鉻光罩尺寸,在著色層上所形成微小孔的尺寸偏移,依絶對值計大於8% D: Relative to the size of the chrome mask arranged in the independent thin line pattern, the size deviation of the micro holes formed in the colored layer is greater than 8% in absolute value

另外,尺寸偏移係計算出各邊尺寸偏移的平均值。 In addition, the size deviation system calculates the average value of the size deviation of each side.

[顫抖] [Trembling]

A:在著色層上所形成微小孔周緣部的十點平均粗糙度係小於0.1 A: The ten-point average roughness of the peripheral edge of the minute hole formed on the colored layer is less than 0.1

B:在著色層上所形成微小孔周緣部的十點平均粗糙度係0.1以上且0.5以下 B: The ten-point average roughness of the peripheral edge of the minute hole formed on the colored layer is 0.1 or more and 0.5 or less

C:在著色層上所形成微小孔周緣部的十點平均粗糙度係大於0.5 C: The ten-point average roughness of the peripheral edge of the minute hole formed on the colored layer is greater than 0.5

另外,十點平均粗糙度係根據JIS B0601測定。 In addition, the ten-point average roughness is measured in accordance with JIS B0601.

[顯影殘渣] [Development residue]

AA:利用光學顯微鏡進行的觀察時,在著色層上所形成微小孔的內部並沒有觀察到著色,且在微小孔周緣部亦沒有觀察到透明物 AA: When observed with an optical microscope, no coloring was observed inside the micropores formed in the colored layer, and no transparent matter was observed at the periphery of the micropores.

A:利用光學顯微鏡進行的觀察時,在著色層上所形成微小孔的內部雖沒有觀察到著色,但在微小孔周緣部其中一部分處有觀察 到透明物 A: During observation with an optical microscope, although no coloring was observed in the inside of the micropores formed in the colored layer, a transparent material was observed in a part of the periphery of the micropores

B:利用光學顯微鏡進行的觀察時,在著色層上所形成微小孔的內部有觀察到著色 B: During observation with an optical microscope, coloration is observed in the inside of the micropores formed in the colored layer

表1及表2中的簡稱,如下: The abbreviations in Table 1 and Table 2 are as follows:

‧OXE-01:肟酯系光起始劑(商品名IRGACURE OXE-01、BASF製) ‧OXE-01: Oxime ester-based photoinitiator (trade name IRGACURE OXE-01, manufactured by BASF)

‧OXE-02:肟酯系光起始劑(商品名IRGACURE OXE-02、BASF製) ‧OXE-02: Oxime ester-based photoinitiator (trade name IRGACURE OXE-02, manufactured by BASF)

‧Irg369:α-胺酮系光起始劑(IRGACURE 369、BASF製) ‧Irg369: α-Aminoketone-based photoinitiator (IRGACURE 369, manufactured by BASF)

‧Irg907:α-胺酮系光起始劑(IRGACURE 907、BASF製) ‧Irg907: α-aminoketone-based photoinitiator (IRGACURE 907, manufactured by BASF)

‧巰系:巰系鏈轉移劑(2-巰基苯并噻唑、東京化成製) ‧Sulfhydryl series: Sulfhydryl chain transfer agent (2-mercaptobenzothiazole, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry)

‧二咪唑系:二咪唑系光起始劑(HABI、黑金化成製) ‧Diimidazole series: Diimidazole series photoinitiator (manufactured by HABI, Black Gold Chemicals)

‧DETX:氧硫

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0092-95
系光起始劑(DOUBLECURE DETX、Double BondChemical製) ‧DETX: Oxygen Sulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0092-95
Photoinitiator (DOUBLECURE DETX, Double Bond Chemical product)

‧Irg819:醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑(IRGACURE 819、BASF製 ‧Irg819: Phosphine oxide-based photoinitiator (IRGACURE 819, manufactured by BASF

‧BHT:二丁基羥甲苯 ‧BHT: dibutyl hydroxytoluene

‧AO-40:雙酚系抗氧化劑(ADEKA STAB AO-40、ADEKA製) ‧AO-40: Bisphenol-based antioxidant (ADEKA STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA)

‧Irg1010:受阻酚系抗氧化劑(IRGACURE 1010、BASF製) ‧Irg1010: hindered phenol antioxidant (IRGACURE 1010, made by BASF)

<結果整理> <Results collation>

光起始劑係含有上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物的實施例1~30之感光性著色樹脂組成物,相較於分別使用相同顏色材料的比較感光性著色樹脂組成物之下,得知可形成輝度獲提升的著色層。又,實施例1~30的著色樹脂組成物係殘膜率高、感度佳。實施例1~30的感光性著色樹脂組成物得知細線圖案的直線性優異,當著色層施行圖案化時,可輕易同時在著色層上形成所需微小孔。又,使用上述一般式(1)的Z為氫原子之肟酯化合物的實施例1~3,係輝度與殘膜率均高;使用上述一般式(1)的Z為-(C=O)Rd的肟酯化合物之實施例4,係該肟酯化合物的溶劑溶解性及與其他成分的相溶性更佳,且微小孔的形狀更優。經觀察比較實施例1與實施例2的微小孔截面,實施例2的推拔角較緩和,微小孔的形狀更良好。 The photoinitiator is the photosensitive colored resin composition of Examples 1 to 30 containing the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1). Compared with the comparative photosensitive colored resin composition using the same color materials, It is known that a colored layer with enhanced brightness can be formed. In addition, the colored resin composition system of Examples 1 to 30 has a high residual film rate and good sensitivity. The photosensitive colored resin composition of Examples 1 to 30 is known to have excellent linearity of the fine line pattern, and when the colored layer is patterned, the desired minute holes can be easily formed in the colored layer at the same time. In addition, Examples 1 to 3 using the oxime ester compound in which Z in the above general formula (1) is a hydrogen atom are high in brightness and residual film rate; Z in the above general formula (1) is -(C=O) Example 4 of the oxime ester compound of R d is that the oxime ester compound has better solvent solubility and compatibility with other components, and the shape of the micropores is better. Observation and comparison of the cross-sections of the micro-holes of Example 1 and Example 2 show that the pull-out angle of Example 2 is gentler, and the shape of the micro-holes is better.

再者,藉由光起始劑係組合使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物、與具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物,微小孔的形狀便更良好(實施例1與實施例5的比較以及實施例2與實施例6~8的比較)。 Furthermore, by using the photoinitiator system in combination with the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, the shape of the micropores is better (Example 1 and Example Comparison of 5 and comparison of Example 2 with Examples 6 to 8).

再者,光起始劑係組合使用上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物、與具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物,更含有從α-胺酮系光起始劑、二咪唑系光起始劑、氧硫

Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0095-96
系光起始劑、醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑與巰系鏈轉移劑中選擇之至少1種,則細線圖案的直線性獲提升,且微小孔的形狀更良好(實施例5與實施例9~13的比較)。 Furthermore, the photoinitiator system uses a combination of the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1) and the oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, and further contains a photoinitiator from the α-amine ketone system and the diimidazole system. Photoinitiator, oxygen sulfur
Figure 106133175-A0101-12-0095-96
Based on at least one of the photoinitiator, phosphine oxide photoinitiator, and sulfhydryl chain transfer agent, the linearity of the fine line pattern is improved, and the shape of the micropores is better (Example 5 and Comparison of Examples 9-13).

再者,藉由含有抗氧化劑,便更加抑制微小孔顫抖情形,且輝度亦獲提升(實施例1與實施例21的比較、實施例27及29與實施例30的比較)。由抗氧化劑係使用潛在性抗氧化劑(化合物a)時,將 可更加抑制微小孔的顫抖情形,殘膜率係與未使用抗氧化劑的情況呈同等良好。另一方面,當未使用潛在性抗氧化劑而是使用受阻酚系抗氧化劑的情況,輝度可較使用潛在性抗氧化劑的情況獲更加提升(實施例27及29與實施例30的比較)。 Furthermore, by containing antioxidants, the tremor of the micropores is further suppressed, and the brightness is also improved (comparison between Example 1 and Example 21, and comparison between Examples 27 and 29 and Example 30). When a latent antioxidant (compound a) is used from the antioxidant system, the shaking of the micropores can be more suppressed, and the residual film rate is as good as the case where no antioxidant is used. On the other hand, when the latent antioxidant is not used but a hindered phenol antioxidant is used, the brightness can be improved more than the case of using the latent antioxidant (comparison between Examples 27 and 29 and Example 30).

另一方面,光起始劑並未含有上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,而是使用具咔唑骨架的肟酯化合物之比較例1及比較例4~7,相較於使用相同顏色材料的實施例之下,輝度差、細線圖案的直線性差、無法形成微小孔。 On the other hand, the photoinitiator does not contain the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), but uses the oxime ester compound with a carbazole skeleton in Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Examples 4 to 7, compared to the use of the same In the example of the color material, the brightness is poor, the linearity of the thin line pattern is poor, and the minute holes cannot be formed.

再者,光起始劑並未含有上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,而是使用Irg907(α-胺酮系光起始劑)的比較例2,輝度與殘膜率均較差。 Furthermore, the photoinitiator did not contain the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), but in Comparative Example 2 using Irg907 (α-amine ketone-based photoinitiator), both brightness and residual film rate were poor.

光起始劑並未含有上述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物,而是使用茀骨架具硝基,且未經由羰基在該茀骨架上鍵結著肟酯基的比較化合物A之比較例3,輝度與直線性均差。比較例3的直線性差之原因,推定係比較化合物A的溶劑溶解性及與其他成分的相溶性差之緣故所致。 The photoinitiator does not contain the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (1), but uses the comparative compound A with a nitro group in the stilbene skeleton and the oxime ester group is not bonded to the stilbene skeleton by a carbonyl group. 3. Both brightness and linearity are poor. The reason for the poor linearity of Comparative Example 3 is presumed to be due to the poor solvent solubility of Comparative Compound A and poor compatibility with other components.

Figure 106133175-A0101-11-0003-3
Figure 106133175-A0101-11-0003-3

Claims (10)

一種彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係含有:顏色材料、鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性化合物、光起始劑及溶劑;上述光起始劑係含有下述一般式(1)所示肟酯化合物;更進一步含有抗氧化劑,上述抗氧化劑係從受阻酚系抗氧化劑及潛在性受阻酚系抗氧化劑所構成群組中選擇之至少1種;該潛在性受阻酚系抗氧化劑係藉由可利用加熱而脫離的保護基保護了受阻酚系抗氧化劑的酚性羥基;
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0101-1
(一般式(1)中,Ra及Rb係各自獨立為氫原子或烷基;Rc係亦可含有從硫醚鍵(-S-)、醚鍵(-O-)及羰鍵(-CO-)之中選擇之至少1種2價連接基的烴基;Z係氫原子或-(C=O)Rd;Rd係亦可含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的烴基,或者未含氮原子、且含有從氧原子及硫原子中選擇之至少1種的雜環基;Re係碳數1~10之烴基)。
A photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, which contains: color material, alkali-soluble resin, photopolymerizable compound, photoinitiator and solvent; the photoinitiator contains the following general formula (1) Shows an oxime ester compound; further containing an antioxidant, the antioxidant is at least one selected from the group consisting of hindered phenolic antioxidants and potential hindered phenolic antioxidants; the potential hindered phenolic antioxidants are based on The phenolic hydroxyl group of the hindered phenol antioxidant is protected by the protective group that can be removed by heating;
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0101-1
(In general formula (1), R a and R b are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R c may also contain thioether bonds (-S-), ether bonds (-O-), and carbonyl bonds ( -CO-) is a hydrocarbon group of at least one bivalent linking group; Z is a hydrogen atom or -(C=O)R d ; R d may also contain at least one selected from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom hydrocarbon group, a nitrogen atom or not, and containing at least one kind of selected heterocyclic group from an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom; R e based carbon number of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10).
如請求項1之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述光起始劑係含有2種以上未具咔唑骨架的肟酯化合物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to claim 1, wherein the photoinitiator contains two or more types of oxime ester compounds that do not have a carbazole skeleton. 如請求項1或2之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其 中,上述光起始劑係更進一步含有具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物。 Such as claim 1 or 2 of the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, which Among them, the photoinitiator system further contains an oxime ester compound having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton. 如請求項1或2之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述光起始劑係更進一步含有從α-胺酮系光起始劑、二咪唑(biimidazole)系光起始劑、氧硫
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0102-6
系光起始劑、醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑及巰系鏈轉移劑中選擇之至少1種。
According to claim 1 or 2, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, wherein the photoinitiator system further contains a photoinitiator from an α-amine ketone-based photoinitiator, a biimidazole-based photoinitiator Agent, oxygen and sulfur
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0102-6
At least one selected from photoinitiator, phosphine oxide photoinitiator and sulfhydryl chain transfer agent.
如請求項1之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述光起始劑係更進一步含有:從α-胺酮系光起始劑、二咪唑系光起始劑、氧硫
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0102-7
系光起始劑、醯化膦氧化物系光起始劑與巰系鏈轉移劑中選擇之至少1種;以及具二苯硫醚骨架的肟酯化合物。
According to claim 1, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, wherein the photoinitiator system further contains: a
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0102-7
At least one selected from a photoinitiator, a phosphine oxide photoinitiator, and a mercapto-based chain transfer agent; and an oxime ester compound with a diphenyl sulfide skeleton.
如請求項1之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,更進一步含有分散劑,該分散劑係含有聚合體,該聚合體含有下述一般式(I)所示構造且胺值為40mgKOH/g以上且120mgKOH/g以下:
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0102-3
(一般式(I)中,R1係氫原子或甲基;Q係直接鍵結或2價連接基;R2係碳數1~8之伸烷基、-[CH(R5)-CH(R6)-O]x-CH(R5)-CH(R6)-或-[(CH2)y-O]z-(CH2)y-所示之2價有機基;R3及R4係各自獨立表示亦可被取代之鏈狀或環狀烴基,或R3及R4相互鍵結形成環狀構造; R5及R6係各自獨立為氫原子或甲基;x係1~18之整數;y係1~5之整數;z係1~18之整數)。
The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters according to claim 1, which further contains a dispersant, the dispersant system contains a polymer, and the polymer has a structure represented by the following general formula (I) and has an amine value Above 40mgKOH/g and below 120mgKOH/g:
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0102-3
(In general formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; Q is a direct bond or a divalent linking group; R 2 is an alkylene group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms, -[CH(R 5 )-CH (R 6 )-O] x -CH(R 5 )-CH(R 6 )- or -[(CH 2 ) y -O] z -(CH 2 ) y -as indicated by the divalent organic group; R 3 And R 4 are each independently a chain or cyclic hydrocarbon group that may be substituted, or R 3 and R 4 are bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure; R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; x is An integer from 1 to 18; y is an integer from 1 to 5; z is an integer from 1 to 18).
如請求項6之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述分散劑係含有上述一般式(I)所示構造、且胺值為40mgKOH/g以上且120mgKOH/g以下的聚合體,且酸值為1mgKOH/g以上且18mgKOH/g以下。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to claim 6, wherein the dispersant contains a polymer having a structure represented by the general formula (I) and an amine value of 40 mgKOH/g or more and 120 mgKOH/g or less , And the acid value is 1 mgKOH/g or more and 18 mgKOH/g or less. 如請求項1或6之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,上述顏色材料係含有酞菁鋅顏料與黃色顏色材料;該黃色顏色材料係含有:從下述一般式(ii)所示偶氮化合物及其互變異構結構的偶氮化合物之單、二、三及四陰離子所構成群組中選擇之至少1種陰離子,與從Cd、Co、Al、Cr、Sn、Pb、Zn、Fe、Ni、Cu及Mn所構成群組中選擇之至少2種金屬離子;
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0103-5
(上述一般式(ii)中,R31係各自獨立為OH、NH2、NH-CN、醯化胺基、烷基胺基、或芳基胺基;R32係各自獨立為-OH或-NH2)。
According to claim 1 or 6, the photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters, wherein the color material contains zinc phthalocyanine pigment and a yellow color material; the yellow color material contains: from the following general formula (ii) At least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetra-anions of the azo compound and its tautomeric structure of the azo compound, and at least one anion selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, At least two metal ions selected from the group consisting of Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn;
Figure 106133175-A0305-02-0103-5
(In the above general formula (ii), R 31 is each independently OH, NH 2 , NH-CN, acylated amino, alkylamino, or arylamino; R 32 is each independently -OH or- NH 2 ).
一種彩色濾光片,係至少具備基板以及在該基板上設置的著色層;該著色層之至少1者係由請求項1至8中任一項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的硬化物所構成的著色層。 A color filter comprising at least a substrate and a coloring layer provided on the substrate; at least one of the coloring layers is a photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters according to any one of claims 1 to 8 The colored layer formed by the hardened material. 一種顯示裝置,係具有上述請求項9之彩色濾光片。 A display device is provided with the color filter of claim 9.
TW106133175A 2016-09-30 2017-09-27 Photosensitive color resin composition for color filter, color filter and display device TWI742166B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-193104 2016-09-30
JP2016193104 2016-09-30

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201818154A TW201818154A (en) 2018-05-16
TWI742166B true TWI742166B (en) 2021-10-11

Family

ID=61763207

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106133175A TWI742166B (en) 2016-09-30 2017-09-27 Photosensitive color resin composition for color filter, color filter and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7008508B2 (en)
CN (1) CN109642971B (en)
TW (1) TWI742166B (en)
WO (1) WO2018062105A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10539872B2 (en) * 2014-07-15 2020-01-21 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd. Photosensitive composition and compound
US20220121113A1 (en) 2019-01-23 2022-04-21 Basf Se Oxime ester photoinitiators having a special aroyl chromophore
JP7422303B2 (en) * 2019-12-06 2024-01-26 artience株式会社 Photosensitive green composition, color filter and display device
US20230086413A1 (en) * 2020-02-27 2023-03-23 Air Water Performance Chemical Inc. Photoradical polymerizable composition
TW202138351A (en) 2020-03-04 2021-10-16 德商巴地斯顏料化工廠 Oxime ester photoinitiators
JP7453023B2 (en) 2020-03-12 2024-03-19 東京応化工業株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition, colored film, and method for producing colored film
JPWO2022039027A1 (en) * 2020-08-20 2022-02-24
CN113189842B (en) * 2020-12-20 2024-05-17 江苏穿越光电科技有限公司 Preparation method of color filter

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013179841A1 (en) * 2012-05-31 2013-12-05 大日本印刷株式会社 Nonaqueous dispersant, coloring material dispersion liquid and method for producing same, colored resin composition and method for producing same, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
TW201510108A (en) * 2013-08-05 2015-03-16 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Pigment dispersion, photosensitive resin composition containing pigment dispersion, and dispersion aid
JP2016141770A (en) * 2015-02-04 2016-08-08 東京応化工業株式会社 Colorant dispersion, photosensitive resin composition comprising the same, and dispersion assistant
TW201631051A (en) * 2014-12-24 2016-09-01 Dnp精細化工股份有限公司 Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, photosensitive color resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI392966B (en) * 2006-01-13 2013-04-11 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Diketoxime ester compound and use thererof
JP2010156879A (en) * 2008-12-29 2010-07-15 Fujifilm Corp Photosensitive composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
KR101877992B1 (en) 2012-07-30 2018-07-13 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition
EP3753997A1 (en) * 2012-07-31 2020-12-23 Adeka Corporation Latent additive and composition containing latent additive
CN107266334B (en) 2012-09-28 2020-04-24 大东凯米克斯株式会社 Fluorene compound, photopolymerization initiator containing the fluorene compound, and photosensitive composition containing the photopolymerization initiator
JP2014134763A (en) 2012-12-11 2014-07-24 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive resin composition, cured film for display element, method for forming cured film for display element, and display element
JP6065596B2 (en) * 2013-01-16 2017-01-25 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive coloring composition, colored cured film, and display element
US10539872B2 (en) * 2014-07-15 2020-01-21 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd. Photosensitive composition and compound
WO2016104493A1 (en) 2014-12-24 2016-06-30 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP6195590B2 (en) 2015-05-25 2017-09-13 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured film, insulating film, and display device
JP6195645B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2017-09-13 東京応化工業株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition
KR20170065111A (en) 2015-12-03 2017-06-13 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same
JP6788971B2 (en) 2016-01-14 2020-11-25 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition
CN108475019B (en) * 2016-03-29 2022-02-11 株式会社艾迪科 Black photosensitive resin composition

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013179841A1 (en) * 2012-05-31 2013-12-05 大日本印刷株式会社 Nonaqueous dispersant, coloring material dispersion liquid and method for producing same, colored resin composition and method for producing same, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
TW201510108A (en) * 2013-08-05 2015-03-16 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Pigment dispersion, photosensitive resin composition containing pigment dispersion, and dispersion aid
TW201631051A (en) * 2014-12-24 2016-09-01 Dnp精細化工股份有限公司 Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, photosensitive color resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
JP2016141770A (en) * 2015-02-04 2016-08-08 東京応化工業株式会社 Colorant dispersion, photosensitive resin composition comprising the same, and dispersion assistant

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201818154A (en) 2018-05-16
JP7008508B2 (en) 2022-01-25
JPWO2018062105A1 (en) 2019-07-11
CN109642971A (en) 2019-04-16
CN109642971B (en) 2022-07-12
WO2018062105A1 (en) 2018-04-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI742166B (en) Photosensitive color resin composition for color filter, color filter and display device
JP7087149B2 (en) Colored resin compositions for color filters, pigment dispersions, color filters, and display devices
TWI589995B (en) Color resin composition for color filters, color filter, and display device
TWI683864B (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, photosensitive color resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
TWI781095B (en) Resin composition, color filter and image display device
TWI748029B (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filter, color resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
TWI729272B (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filter, dispersant, photosensitive color resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP2018101018A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, coloring material dispersion liquid, color filter, and display
JP6817503B1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters, cured products, color filters, and display devices
TWI742096B (en) Color composition, color filter, method for producing color filter, liquid crystal display device and light-emitting display device
JP7153651B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
JP6078999B2 (en) Red pigment dispersion for color filter and production method thereof, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and production method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
TWI714746B (en) Photosensitive color resin composition, color filter and production method thereof, and display device
JP6179075B2 (en) Red pigment dispersion for color filter and production method thereof, red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and production method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
TWI772396B (en) Photosensitive color resin composition, cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2023120268A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
JP6949527B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device
TWI833703B (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2023120087A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
WO2022270357A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device
WO2023002875A1 (en) Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device
TW202244067A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device
TW202313742A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter and display device